華嚴經 義疏通講 · 冊6Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Exposition Throughout · Vol. 6

品二十二 十無盡藏品—品二十四 兜率宮中偈讚品 · 3 單元 · 第 6/25 冊 · The Ten Inexhaustible Treasuries — Verses of Praise in the Palace of the Tuṣita Heaven · 3 units · Vol. 6 of 25 · 冊目次Volume index

品二十二 十無盡藏品The Ten Inexhaustible Treasuries

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

這一品接在哪裡,以及它為什麼不再重新開場

前一品〈十行品〉的場面很大:功德林菩薩入定,十方諸佛現前摩頂,出定之後才開口說十行,說完還有兩百多行的重頌,末了以「假使無量無邊佛,於無量劫說不盡」收住。讀者剛從那樣一個排場裡出來,本品的第一句卻極簡:「爾時,功德林菩薩復告諸菩薩言」一個「復」字,前品的定、加持、大眾、語脈全部承過來,一句也不重述。

這件事要先看準,因為它決定了本品的讀法。經文不重新開場,說明本品不是另起一個題目,是把前品說完的東西接著往下說。澄觀判本品來意,開了五義,其第二義正是這個意思——「二前明正位,今依位起行故」。前品明的是十行之位,本品明的是依這個位而起的行;藏不是位之外另外一樣東西,是位裡面長出來的。

第一義則把線拉得更長:「一為答前第二會初十藏問故」。第二會一開頭,眾菩薩所設的問裡就已經列了「十住、十行、十迴向、十藏、十地、十願、十定、十通、十頂」——十藏之名在那裡出現過,卻一直沒有答。問在第二會的開頭,答在第四會的末尾,中間隔了兩會。這是本經常有的作法:問先擺著,等位次走到了才答。

還有一件形式上的事值得記住:本品通篇長行,沒有一句偈頌。第四會四品,前三品都有偈——昇夜摩天宮品有十偈,偈讚品有二百零四行,十行品有二百零二行——唯獨本品沒有。這不是缺漏。有偈的地方,多半是要讚、要重宣、要換一個聲音;本品從頭到尾是一件事的十個開口,說完就結,沒有可讚的餘地,也沒有需要重宣的層次。

「藏」是什麼意思,「無盡」又落在哪一個字上

先問一句:為什麼叫「藏」?

一般人聽到「藏」,想到的是庫房——裝東西的地方,裝得越多越好。若照這個意思讀本品,十藏就成了十個功德的倉庫,讀起來像清點家產。這個讀法要先排掉。經文自己給了線索:品題標「十無盡藏」,可是正文十個藏的名字,一個「無盡」都沒有——信藏、戒藏、慚藏、愧藏、聞藏、施藏、慧藏、念藏、持藏、辯藏,全是單名。「無盡」二字不在名字上,在末段那十種無盡法上。

法藏釋這個品名時,特別辨了一件事。他說:「釋名者,標人別法,故云菩薩之十藏,非是人法合目,謂此十種是諸菩薩所行之法。」——『菩薩十藏』不是「菩薩」加「十藏」兩樣東西並排,是『菩薩的十藏』,藏是菩薩所行之法。這一辨看似細,作用很大:藏不是菩薩擁有的財產,是菩薩正在做的事。庫房的讀法從這裡就斷了。

李通玄則簡到極點,只說:「一釋品名目者,為說此十種藏依法立名,可知。」——十個藏的名字都是照著它所依的那個法來立的,信之藏就依信立、戒之藏就依戒立,沒有什麼玄機,看名字就知道。繁與簡兩路,古德各說其所依,並存。

落到自己身上:把「藏」讀成『正在做的事』而不是『已經存下的東西』,這一品才讀得動。倉庫會滿,正在做的事不會滿。

十個藏的次第:從信起,到能說為止

十藏的排法不是隨意的。信藏在最前——沒有信,後面九件事都沒有立足點。接著是戒、慚、愧,這三件都在『自己這一邊』:戒管往後不做,慚愧管回頭看已經做過的。再來是聞、施、慧,這三件向外開:聞是接收,施是給出,慧是分別。然後是念、持,這兩件是保住:念是不忘所經歷的,持是不失所領受的。最後是辯——能說給別人聽。

從信到辯,一條線是清楚的:先能信,然後能守、能愧、能學、能捨、能判、能記、能持,最後能說。經文自己在第一藏的結尾就把這條線的終點先點了出來——「菩薩住此信藏,則能聞持一切佛法,為眾生說,皆令開悟」:信藏一住穩,就已經指向「聞持」與「為眾生說」,也就是後面的聞藏、持藏、辯藏。十藏不是十個並列的項目,是一件事的十個階段。

排一個誤解:不要以為排在後面的比較高級。經文對十藏的結語格式相近——『是名/是為菩薩摩訶薩第某某藏』(「是名」七見、「是為」三見;唯信藏作「是名:菩薩摩訶薩信藏」,無序數),沒有一句說哪一藏勝過哪一藏。次第說的是先後,不是高下。

智儼在《雜孔目章》裡另立一章,把這十藏拿去和小乘的三藏、三乘的五種藏對說,判為一乘之教藏;他那裡列的第八作「正念藏」,與本經的「念藏」差一個字。這是教相判釋的用法,與經文自身逐藏而釋者不同軌,誌錄之。

第一 信藏:信的不是佛有多大,是法本來如此

信藏一開口就出人意料。若照常情,「信」該是信佛、信法、信僧,或者信因果。經文不這樣說。它列的十句是:「信一切法空,信一切法無相,信一切法無願,信一切法無作,信一切法無分別,信一切法無所依,信一切法不可量,信一切法無有上,信一切法難超越,信一切法無生。」

十句都是遮詮——空、無相、無願、無作、無分別、無所依、不可量、無有上、難超越、無生,沒有一句說『有什麼』,全是『不是什麼』。先問:這樣的東西怎麼信?信通常需要一個對象,這裡連對象都被拆掉了。

答案在下一段。經文接著說,這樣隨順一切法而生淨信之後,會出現一個現象:聽到諸佛法不可思議,心不怯弱;聽到一切佛、眾生界、法界、虛空界、涅槃界、過去世、未來世、現在世、入一切劫不可思議,心都不怯弱。十個「不怯弱」對著前面十個「信一切法」。所以信的驗相不是『我覺得有把握』,是『聽到超出我理解範圍的事情,心不縮』。

為什麼不縮?經文自設一問自答:「何以故?此菩薩於諸佛所一向堅信,知佛智慧無邊無盡。」——因為他知道佛的智慧無邊無盡,所以自己理解不了這件事,本來就是應該的。緊接著是那段極重要的十不句:十方無量世界各有無量諸佛,已得、今得、當得菩提,已出世、今出世、當出世,已入、今入、當入涅槃,而「彼諸佛智慧不增不減、不生不滅、不進不退、不近不遠、無知無捨」。佛有無量、時有三世,佛智卻不動。所信的東西不動,能信的心才不動。

排一個誤解:這十句遮詮不是要人什麼都不信,是要把信從『信一個東西』轉成『信事情本來的樣子』。信一個東西,那個東西會變、會失、會被人推翻;信法本來如此,就沒有可推翻的地方。

得此信之後的十一個相,經文列得很實:「心不退轉,心不雜亂,不可破壞,無所染著,常有根本,隨順聖人,住如來家,護持一切諸佛種性,增長一切菩薩信解,隨順一切如來善根,出生一切諸佛方便。」——從心的狀態(不退、不亂、不壞、不染),到身分的歸屬(有根本、順聖人、住如來家),到作用的展開(護種性、增信解、順善根、出方便)。三層一路推出來。

結句最要緊:「菩薩住此信藏,則能聞持一切佛法,為眾生說,皆令開悟。」信藏的果不是自己安心,是能說給別人聽。落到自己身上:一個人若說自己信,卻一被問就慌、一遇到說不通的地方就迴避,那多半還沒有到「信藏」;到了的人,講不通的地方也講得下去,因為他信的不是自己講得通。

第二 戒藏:十個名字先給你,然後一個一個問回去

戒藏的體例與信藏不同。它先把十個名字一次列完——「普饒益戒、不受戒、不住戒、無悔恨戒、無違諍戒、不損惱戒、無雜穢戒、無貪求戒、無過失戒、無毀犯戒」——然後用十個『云何為某戒』逐一問回去,一問一答。全品「云何為」二十見,戒藏佔十見,施藏佔十見,別無他處。這是本品唯二的細目展開處。

這裡有一件必須照實記下的事:列名與徵釋,有兩處用字不一樣。列名作「不損惱戒」,徵釋作「云何為不惱害戒」;列名作「無雜穢戒」,徵釋作「云何為不雜戒」。同一部經的同一段,前後兩形。底本如此,逐字並錄,不改也不齊。讀者遇到這種地方不必慌,也不必替它挑一個『正確』的——古來的傳本就是這樣傳下來的。

先看整體的體例,再逐條看。十條的釋文有一個共同句法:幾乎每一條都以『但……而持於戒』或『本為……』收尾——普饒益戒「本為利益一切眾生」,無違諍戒「但願一切心常歡喜而持於戒」,不惱害戒「但為救護一切眾生而持於戒」,不雜戒「但觀緣起持出離戒」,無貪求戒「但為滿足出離法故而持於戒」,無過失戒「但一其心而持於戒」。這十條分辨的不是戒條,是持戒的所為。同樣一條戒,為什麼持,決定它是哪一種戒。這是戒藏全段的眼。

第二 戒藏之一至五:饒益·不受·不住·無悔·無諍

一、普饒益戒——「此菩薩受持淨戒,本為利益一切眾生。」先問:持戒不是為了自己清淨嗎?經文把第一條就定在利他上。要排的誤解是:以為戒是防護自己不出事的圍牆。若戒只是圍牆,持得再嚴也只是自保。「普饒益」三字把方向反過來——受持淨戒這件事,本身就是為一切眾生做的。落到自己身上:一個人守信用、不妄語,受益的首先是身邊每一個相信他的人。戒的第一義是給別人一個可以安心的環境。

二、不受戒——「此菩薩不受行外道諸所有戒,但性自精進,奉持三世諸佛如來平等淨戒。」名字容易讀錯:「不受戒」不是不受戒。它所不受的,指明了是「外道諸所有戒」;所受持的,是「三世諸佛如來平等淨戒」。中間還有一句要緊的:「但性自精進」——不是靠外力管著才不去受,是本性自然就精進在正路上。排一個誤解:這一條不是在貶低別家的持戒之嚴,是在說戒的所依不能錯;所依若錯,越嚴越遠。

三、不住戒——「此菩薩受持戒時,心不住欲界、不住色界、不住無色界。」先問:持戒的時候,心會住在哪裡?經文答:常人持戒,心會住在果報上——持了戒將來生到哪裡去。三界一列,就把所有果報的去處都包完了。經文自問自答其所以:「何以故?不求生彼,而持戒故。」不為求生那裡而持戒,心自然不住那裡。落到自己身上:做一件對的事,若心裡一直盤算它會換來什麼,那件事就被那個盤算限住了。

四、無悔恨戒——「此菩薩恒得安住無悔恨心。」這一條說的是持戒的心境。經文自釋所以:「何以故?不作重罪,不行諂詐,不破淨戒故。」三件事——不造重罪、不行諂詐、不破淨戒——做到了,悔恨就沒有材料。排一個誤解:無悔恨不是靠自我安慰得來的,是靠沒有可悔之事得來的。落到自己身上:睡得著這件事,是修來的,不是勸來的。

五、無違諍戒——這一條最長,也最容易被讀漏。「此菩薩不非先制,不更造立」——不非議先前所制的戒,也不另外新立戒條。先問:為什麼另立新戒也算「違諍」?因為戒本是共守之法,一個人另立一套,同住的大眾就有了兩個標準,諍就從這裡起。接著說正面:「心常隨順,向涅槃戒,具足受持,無所毀犯」最後一句最重:「不以持戒,惱他眾生,令其生苦,但願一切心常歡喜而持於戒。」——不拿自己的持戒去惱別人。落到自己身上:這是持戒者最常犯的一件事——自己守得好,就開始看別人不順眼,於是戒成了刀。經文明白說,持戒是要讓大家心裡歡喜的。

第二 戒藏之六至十:不惱害·不雜·無貪求·無過失·無毀犯

六、不惱害戒——「此菩薩不因於戒,學諸呪術,造作方藥,惱害眾生,但為救護一切眾生而持於戒。」先問:持戒和學咒術、配藥有什麼關係?關係在「因於戒」三字——因為持戒有了聲望、有了信眾,於是借這個位置去學咒術、配藥方,反過來惱害人。這一條防的是戒所帶來的權力。排一個誤解:經文不是禁止醫藥或明咒本身,禁的是拿它「惱害眾生」。緊接的一句就給了正面:「但為救護一切眾生而持於戒。」

七、不雜戒——「此菩薩不著邊見,不持雜戒,但觀緣起持出離戒。」「雜」的來源是「邊見」——執在一端的見。持戒若依著一個偏見去持,那個戒就被那個見染雜了。經文給的正解是「觀緣起持出離戒」:看清緣起,戒才是出離的戒,不是換一種繫縛。落到自己身上:同樣不吃某物,有人是因為觀緣起、不忍其苦,有人是因為認定吃了會倒楣——事相一樣,一個是出離戒,一個是雜戒。

八、無貪求戒——「此菩薩不現異相,彰己有德,但為滿足出離法故而持於戒。」「現異相」就是刻意做出與眾不同的樣子。先問:為什麼刻意顯得有德算「貪求」?因為那個異相是拿來換取什麼的——敬重、供養、地位。持戒本身沒有變,交易的心一起,戒就成了本錢。落到自己身上:讓人知道自己在守什麼,和刻意讓人看見自己在守什麼,中間只差一個念頭,差別卻在戒的性質上。

九、無過失戒——「此菩薩不自貢高,言我持戒;見破戒人亦不輕毀,令他愧恥;但一其心而持於戒。」兩件事:對己不高舉,對人不輕毀。先問:見到破戒的人,說他兩句不是為他好嗎?經文加了一句限定——「令他愧恥」。目的若是讓對方難堪,那就不是為他好了。所以正解是「但一其心」:把心收回自己這裡。落到自己身上:持戒最隱微的過失,不在破了什麼,在拿自己沒破的去量別人。

十、無毀犯戒——這一條回到事相,把十善業道逐一列出:「永斷殺、盜、邪婬、妄語、兩舌、惡口,及無義語、貪、瞋、邪見,具足受持十種善業。」前九條都在辨持戒的心,第十條落回身口意的實際界限——辨得再細,最後仍要在這十件事上見真章。

最要緊的是這一條後面所繫的念。菩薩持此無犯戒時作念:「一切眾生毀犯淨戒,皆由顛倒;唯佛世尊能知眾生以何因緣而生顛倒,毀犯淨戒。我當成就無上菩提,廣為眾生說真實法,令離顛倒。」——他不是想『我持戒了,他們沒有』,是想『他們為什麼會這樣』,然後把答案歸給佛的智慧,把責任攬到自己的成佛上。戒藏之所以是藏,就在這一念:戒不停在自己身上,它推出一個要去度別人的願。結句「是名:菩薩摩訶薩第二戒藏」。

第三 慚藏:把慚建立在『我們互相作過父母』這件事上

慚藏極短,卻是全品最重的一段之一。經文說:「此菩薩憶念過去所作諸惡而生於慚。」慚是憶念出來的,不是被指責出來的。

那麼所憶念的是什麼?菩薩自己的話:「我無始世來,與諸眾生皆悉互作父母、兄弟、姊妹、男女」先問:這句話為什麼放在慚的最前面?因為它把「我」和「眾生」的界線拆了。若眾生與我無關,我對他們做過的事就只是往事;若我與他們曾經互為父母子女,那些事就成了對至親所做的事。慚的重量從這裡來。

接著是所造之惡:「具貪、瞋、癡、憍慢、諂誑及餘一切諸煩惱故,更相惱害,遞相陵奪,姦婬、傷殺,無惡不造」然後六個「不相」——「不相恭敬、不相尊重、不相承順、不相謙下、不相啟導、不相護惜」——這六句是慚藏的中心。它們列的不是罪行,是關係的斷裂:不敬、不重、不順、不謙、不導、不惜。真正可慚的不是做了什麼壞事,是本來該有的六種相待,一樣都沒有。

再往下是慚的機制:「自惟我身及諸眾生,去、來、現在,行無慚法,三世諸佛無不知見。今若不斷此無慚行,三世諸佛亦當見我。我當云何猶行不止?甚為不可。」——三世諸佛都看見。排一個誤解:這不是恐嚇,經文沒有說佛會怎樣。它說的只是『被看見』這件事本身。人在無人處放肆,是因為以為沒人看見;一旦知道始終被看見,行為自己就會停。所以慚的定義在這裡很清楚:慚是在『被知見』之中生起的自制。

結願與愧藏完全相同:「我應專心斷除,證阿耨多羅三藐三菩提,廣為眾生說真實法。」慚不停在自責,它推出說法度生的願。結句「是名:菩薩摩訶薩第三慚藏」。

落到自己身上:真正的慚不需要有人在旁邊指出來。它從『我曾經對誰做過什麼』的具體憶念裡長,不從抽象的自我評價裡長。

第四 愧藏:所愧的是五欲的無厭,以及被欺誑的三世諸佛

慚與愧常常連用,本品把它們分成兩藏,各有所對,這是讀本段的關鍵。慚所對的是「過去所作諸惡」,愧所對的是「自愧昔來,於五欲中,種種貪求,無有厭足」。慚對已作之惡,愧對貪求之無厭;一個對事,一個對欲。

先問:貪求沒有滿足,為什麼是可愧的?經文答得直:「因此增長貪、恚、癡等一切煩惱」貪求本身不只是一件事,它是煩惱的增長機制——越求越多,越多越求。菩薩的第一個決定極簡單:「我今不應復行是事。」

接著是第二念,也是本段的主體。它先看眾生:「眾生無智,起諸煩惱,具行惡法,不相恭敬,不相尊重,乃至展轉互為怨讎。」——注意這裡再次出現「不相」二字,與慚藏呼應。然後加了慚藏所沒有的一層:「如是等惡,無不備造,造已歡喜,追求稱歎,盲無慧眼,無所知見。」造了惡還歡喜,還去追求、還去稱歎——這比造惡本身更深一層。愧所對的正是這一層。

再往下,經文轉到身:「於母人腹中,入胎受生,成垢穢身,畢竟至於髮白面皺。有智慧者,觀此但是從婬欲,生不淨之法」入胎、垢穢、髮白面皺——一生的兩端擺在一起看。排一個誤解:這不是厭世,也不是說身體可恥;經文的落點在下一句——「三世諸佛皆悉知見。若我於今猶行是事,則為欺誑三世諸佛。」

「欺誑三世諸佛」五字是愧的核心。慚的機制是『被看見』,愧的機制是『知道被看見卻還裝作沒有』——那就成了欺誑。所以慚與愧的分別在本品裡是清楚的:慚是知道被看見而自止,愧是知道自己若不止就等於騙人。

結願同慚藏:「我當修行於愧,速成阿耨多羅三藐三菩提,廣為眾生說真實法。」結句「是名:菩薩摩訶薩第四愧藏」。

第五 聞藏:多聞不是聽得多,是知道什麼可說、什麼不可說

聞藏是全品體例最特別的一段。它不列『聽了多少經』,而是列出所知之法的十個門類,每一類都先標後徵——『何等為某某』——十徵十答。

先看那四句緣起。經文標:「此菩薩知是事有故是事有,是事無故是事無;是事起故是事起,是事滅故是事滅」然後逐句徵釋:「何等為是事有故是事有?謂:無明有故行有。」「何等為是事無故是事無?謂:識無故名色無。」「何等為是事起故是事起?謂:愛起故苦起。」「何等為是事滅故是事滅?謂:有滅故生滅。」——四句各舉十二有支中的一組:無明行、識名色、愛苦、有生。有、無、起、滅四面,把緣起的正說與反說都佔全了。先問:為什麼多聞的第一項是緣起?因為聽再多,若不知道事情彼此相依,聽到的只是一堆互不相干的說法。

接著三對法:「何等為世間法?所謂:色、受、想、行、識。何等為出世間法?所謂:戒、定、慧、解脫、解脫知見。」五蘊對五分法身,世間與出世間各以五法標。「何等為有為法?所謂:欲界、色界、無色界、眾生界。何等為無為法?所謂:虛空、涅槃、數緣滅、非數緣滅、緣起法性住。」有為以四界標,無為以五法標——其中「數緣滅」是以簡擇之力所得之滅,「非數緣滅」是不由簡擇而得之滅,而第五「緣起法性住」把緣起的法性也列入無為,是本品無為法列目的特出處。

有記法一目列的是修道的正課:「四聖諦、四沙門果、四辯、四無所畏、四念處、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七覺分、八聖道分。」——四諦、四果之外,全是三十七道品的細目。「有記」就是可以記別而答的。

最後是無記法,篇幅最長。四門各四句:世間有邊無邊四句、世間有常無常四句、如來滅後有無四句、我及眾生有無四句;再接一長串「過去,有幾如來般涅槃」「未來,有幾如來?幾聲聞、辟支佛?」「何等如來最先出」「世間從何處來,去至何所」「何者為生死最初際」等等。經文一句也不答,只是列出來,然後說「是名無記法」。

先問:把不答的問題列出來,算哪門子的多聞?答案正在這裡。多聞的成就不只是知道答案,還包括知道哪些問題本身就不能以記別的方式回答。排一個誤解:無記不等於『佛不知道』,也不等於『這些問題不重要』;它是說,這些問法本身有病,照著答只會加深那個病。落到自己身上:一個人學問到了某個程度,最有用的一項本事,是分得出哪些問題該追下去、哪些問題該放著。

聞藏的結念是本品的一個轉軸:「一切眾生於生死中,無有多聞,不能了知此一切法。我當發意,持多聞藏,證阿耨多羅三藐三菩提,為諸眾生說真實法。」——多聞不是為自己備料,是因為眾生沒有多聞才發意去持。結句作「是名:菩薩摩訶薩第五多聞藏」,與前面徵句所標的「聞藏」差兩個字,底本如此,並錄不改。

第六 施藏:十種施,先給名字,再一個一個問回去

施藏是全品篇幅最大的一段,體例同戒藏——先列十名,再以十個『云何為菩薩某施』逐一問回去:「分減施、竭盡施、內施、外施、內外施、一切施、過去施、未來施、現在施、究竟施。」

先看這十個名字的排法。前六個是所捨之物由少到全:分減(分出一部分)、竭盡(捨到盡)、內(捨身分)、外(捨王位)、內外(身與位一併捨)、一切(無量人各求所欲而悉皆施與)。後四個換了一個軸:過去、未來、現在、究竟——不再說捨什麼給誰,而說對三世諸法的捨。同一個「施」字,前六是財施身施,後四是法上之捨。這個轉折是施藏最容易讀漏的地方,讀到第七「過去施」若還按前六的方式讀,會覺得突然離題。它沒有離題,是把「施」推到底了。

第六 施藏之一至三:分減·竭盡·內施

一、分減施——「此菩薩稟性仁慈,好行惠施。若得美味,不專自受,要與眾生,然後方食」先問:施的第一步為什麼定在『吃飯』上?因為那是每天都在發生、而且最不容易讓出的事。經文接著給了一段極細的觀察:「我身中有八萬戶蟲依於我住,我身充樂,彼亦充樂;我身飢苦,彼亦飢苦。」——連自己身中的眾生都算在內,所以吃這一口飯本身就已經是在布施。第二念更進一層:「我於長夜愛著其身,欲令充飽而受飲食。今以此食惠施眾生,願我於身永斷貪著。」同一個動作,換了所為,就從養身變成斷貪。落到自己身上:布施不必等到有餘,分減施的意思正是——在不夠的時候分一點出去。

二、竭盡施——條件比分減嚴得多:「若自以受用則安樂延年,若輟己施人則窮苦夭命。」這不是有餘而分,是給了就活不下去。有人來說:「汝今所有,悉當與我。」菩薩的思惟是:「我無始已來,以飢餓故喪身無數,未曾得有如毫末許饒益眾生而獲善利。」——先問:他怎麼說服自己的?不是靠悲壯,是靠一筆帳:反正過去已經因為飢餓死過無數次,那些死沒有一次利益過任何人,這一次至少有。排一個誤解:這一段不是勸人捨命,是在辨施的分際——分減施是常法,竭盡施是那個處境真的來到時的作法。

三、內施——場景換了:這位菩薩「年方少盛,端正美好」,剛受灌頂登轉輪王位,七寶具足,王四天下。有人來求他的「手足、血肉、頭目、骨髓」。他的思惟只有一句:「今我此身,後必當死,無一利益;宜時疾捨,以濟眾生。」——先問:為什麼要先設一個正在最盛的王?因為捨得下的前提是本來有。一個一無所有的人說要捨身,那是空話。經文把所捨之物堆到最高,再說「念已施之,心無所悔」,捨的分量才成立。

第六 施藏之四至六:外施·內外施·一切施

四、外施——同樣是盛年的轉輪王,來求的人這次不要身,要位:「捨此王位以贍於我;我當統領,受王福樂」菩薩的思惟:「一切榮盛必當衰歇,於衰歇時,不能復更饒益眾生。我今宜應隨彼所求,充滿其意。」——先問:捨王位比捨身容易還是難?經文不比較,它給的理由是時間:榮盛終究要衰歇,衰歇之後這個位就不能再利益人了。所以趁還有用的時候讓出去。落到自己身上:位置、資源、影響力都有時效,這一段說的是在還有效的時候用掉它。

五、內外施——來求的人兩樣都要:「唯願大王捨之與我,并及王身,為我臣僕」菩薩的思惟是本段的名句:「我身財寶及以王位,悉是無常、敗壞之法。我今盛壯,富有天下;乞者現前,當以不堅而求堅法。」——以不堅而求堅法。身與位是不堅的,拿不堅的去換堅固之法,這筆帳划得來。經文加了一句極重的話:「乃至以身恭勤作役,心無所悔」——不只讓出王位,還真的去做臣僕的勞役。排一個誤解:這不是自輕,是把「王」與「僕」都看成不堅之物,所以哪一邊都不繫。

六、一切施——場面最大:無量貧窮的人一齊來到,「或乞國土,或乞妻子,或乞手足、血肉、心肺、頭目、髓腦」。菩薩的思惟轉到恩愛上:「一切恩愛會當別離,而於眾生無所饒益。我今為欲永捨貪愛,以此一切必離散物滿眾生願。」——先問:前五施講的是物,這裡為什麼講恩愛?因為「妻子」被列進來了。所捨之中一旦有人,帳就不能只算物。經文的理路是:恩愛終究要別離,別離時對眾生也沒有利益,不如趁現在用它來滿眾生的願。末後還加一句:「心無悔恨,亦不於眾生而生厭賤」——施了之後不但不悔,也不看輕來求的人。這一句是十施之中對施者之心最細的一道要求。

第六 施藏之七至九:過去施·未來施·現在施

從這裡起,所施之物不再是財與身,是對三世諸法的不取。

七、過去施——「此菩薩聞過去諸佛菩薩所有功德,聞已不著,了達非有,不起分別,不貪不味,亦不求取,無所依倚;見法如夢,無有堅固;於諸善根,不起有想,亦無所倚」先問:聽到過去諸佛菩薩的功德而不執著,這算施給誰?答案在下一句:「但為教化,取著眾生,成熟佛法,而為演說」——他不是不談那些功德,他照樣為眾生演說,只是自己不停在那裡。所捨的是『我也要那樣』的攀慕之心。末後推到底:「過去諸法,十方推求都不可得。」「作是念已,於過去法,畢竟皆捨」落到自己身上:追慕古人是好事,把追慕變成自我催眠就不是了。

八、未來施——所對的是未來諸佛之所修行。經文的辨析比過去施更細,因為未來最容易生兩種病:一是嚮往,二是厭離。所以它兩邊都堵——「不別樂往生諸佛國土,不味不著,亦不生厭;不以善根迴向於彼,亦不於彼而退善根」不特別想去,也不厭;不把善根迴向過去,也不因此就退了善根。那要怎樣?「常勤修行,未曾廢捨;但欲因彼境界攝取眾生」照修,只是不為那個未來而修。末後一句最徹底:「若法非有,不可不捨。」——法既非實有,就沒有什麼是捨不得的。

九、現在施——所對的是現在諸天與二乘的功德。經文一口氣列了二十八重天名,從四天王眾天、三十三天、夜摩天、兜率陀天一路到色究竟天,「乃至聞聲聞、緣覺具足功德」。先問:為什麼要列這麼長?因為現在的誘惑是具體的、有層級的、看得見上一階的——列得越詳細,越顯出那個階梯的吸力。菩薩聞已的四不:「其心不迷、不沒、不聚、不散」——不迷(不被吸引)、不沒(不陷進去)、不聚(不攢積)、不散(也不因此心亂)。所依的一句是「但觀諸行如夢不實,無有貪著」。落點仍在利他:「為令眾生,捨離惡趣,心無分別,修菩薩道」

第六 施藏之十:究竟施

十、究竟施——回到身,但比內施更徹底。來求的是「無量眾生或有無眼、或有無耳、或無鼻舌及以手足」,他們說:「我身薄祜,諸根殘缺。唯願仁慈,以善方便,捨己所有,令我具足。」菩薩「聞之,即便施與」。

究竟在哪裡?在下一句:「假使由此,經阿僧祇劫,諸根不具,亦不心生一念悔惜。」——不是捨的那一刻不悔,是往後無量長劫身體殘缺,仍然沒有一念後悔。「究竟」不繫於所捨之多,繫於捨後之久。先問:一個人怎麼撐得住這麼長的後果?經文給的不是意志,是觀察:從初入胎的不淨微形、胞段諸根、生老病死,到「無有真實,無有慚愧,非賢聖物,臭穢不潔,骨節相持,血肉所塗,九孔常流,人所惡賤」。八句直陳,不設譬喻。看清楚了這個身是什麼,才「不生一念愛著之心」——不悔不是忍出來的,是看出來的。

末後一念把整個施藏收起來:「此身危脆,無有堅固。我今云何而生戀著?應以施彼,充滿其願。如我所作,以此開導一切眾生,令於身心不生貪愛,悉得成就清淨智身。」——所捨的是不淨之身,所成的是「清淨智身」。而且他不只是自己捨,還要「以此開導一切眾生」:這一次布施同時是一次示範。結句「是為菩薩摩訶薩第六施藏」。

第七 慧藏(一):二十八個「如實知」與六個「不可壞」

慧藏的體例又變了。它不列名,直接鋪一張表:七個門,每門四支。

色、受想行識、無明、愛四門,各以苦集滅道四支說——「於色如實知,色集如實知,色滅如實知,色滅道如實知」,受想行識、無明、愛依此類推。聲聞、獨覺、菩薩三門,四支換成『某某如實知、某某法如實知、某某集如實知、某某涅槃如實知』。七門四支,「如實知」全段二十八見。

先問:為什麼慧藏要用四諦的格式去看無明、愛、乃至聲聞菩薩?因為四諦的格式問的是四件事——是什麼、從哪來、能不能了、怎麼了。把這四問套在任何一件事上,那件事就被看透了。慧不是知道很多事,是有一套看事情的完整問法。

接著經文自設一問:「云何知?」答:「知從業報諸行因緣之所造作,一切虛假,空無有實,非我非堅固,無有少法可得成立。」——所知的結論是「無有少法可得成立」。然後:「欲令眾生知其實性,廣為宣說。」

這裡有一個關口。經文自問「為說何等?」自答「說諸法不可壞」,再問「何等法不可壞?」再答:「色不可壞,受、想、行、識不可壞,無明不可壞,聲聞法、獨覺法、菩薩法不可壞。」——剛說完「空無有實」,馬上說「不可壞」,讀者最容易在這裡卡住。

排這個誤解要看下一句:「何以故?一切法無作、無作者、無言說、無處所、不生、不起、不與、不取、無動轉、無作用。」不可壞的理由,正是它本來沒有一個可壞的體。若有一個實在的東西,它才有被破壞的可能;既然無作無作者、不生不起,就沒有什麼可以壞它。所以「空無有實」與「不可壞」不是兩句話,是同一句話的兩面。慧藏的最高處就在這一轉。

慧的成相:「菩薩成就如是等無量慧藏,以少方便,了一切法,自然明達,不由他悟。」——驗相是「不由他悟」。落到自己身上:學到某個程度,遇到新問題不必再去找人問,因為那套看法自己會運轉。這是慧成就的樣子,不是記住答案的樣子。

第七 慧藏(二):十種不可盡——全品唯一自釋「無盡」之處

接下來這一段,是全品最關鍵的一處體例。經文說:「此慧無盡藏有十種不可盡故,說為無盡。」——十個藏之中,只有慧藏在經文裡自己解釋了它為什麼叫「無盡」。其餘九藏都沒有這一層自釋。所以要問『無盡是什麼意思』,只能到這裡來找。

十種不可盡,逐條看:一、多聞善巧不可盡——所聞既無盡,善巧地用它也無盡。二、親近善知識不可盡——善知識不是一個人,是一路上不斷遇到的。三、善分別句義不可盡——同一句話在不同處有不同的義,分別得完嗎?分別不完。四、入深法界不可盡——法界無邊,入無入盡之時。五、以一味智莊嚴不可盡——一味之智去莊嚴一切,所莊嚴者無盡。六、集一切福德心無疲倦不可盡——福德可以集完,不疲倦的心集不完。七、入一切陀羅尼門不可盡——總持之門門門相入。八、能分別一切眾生語言音聲不可盡——眾生的語言無量,分別亦無量。九、能斷一切眾生疑惑不可盡——疑惑斷了又生,斷者亦不盡。十、為一切眾生現一切佛神力教化調伏令修行不斷不可盡——最長的一條,也是收攝的一條:示現、教化、調伏、令修行不斷,四事相續。

先問:這十條有什麼共同點?它們的所對全部是無量的——所聞無量、善知識無量、句義無量、法界無邊、福德無量、陀羅尼無量、眾生語言無量、疑惑無量、眾生無量。所以「無盡」不是說這個藏裡裝了很多,是說它所對的東西沒有邊,因此這件事永遠做不完。排一個誤解:做不完不是壞消息。倉庫做得完,做完就沒事可做了;藏做不完,所以它一直是活的。

結句:「是為菩薩摩訶薩第七慧藏。住此藏者,得無盡智慧,普能開悟一切眾生。」

第八 念藏(一):所憶念的是十層,一層比一層細

念藏起句先說前提:「此菩薩捨離癡惑,得具足念」——念的前提是捨癡。癡在,記得的都是錯的。

所憶念者,經文分層鋪開。第一層是生:一生、二生、十生、百生、千生、百千生、無量百千生。第二層是劫:成劫、壞劫、成壞劫,以及不只一個的成劫、壞劫、成壞劫,然後百劫、千劫、百千億那由他劫,一路推到「無數、無量、無邊、無等、不可數、不可稱、不可思、不可量、不可說、不可說不可說劫」——十個數之極名並列。

從這裡起換句法,都是『念一……乃至不可說不可說……』:佛名號、佛出世說授記、佛出世說修多羅——說到修多羅時,經文順手把十二分教列全:「如修多羅,祇夜、授記、伽他、尼陀那、優陀那、本事、本生、方廣、未曾有、譬諭、論議,亦如是」,意思是這十二類每一類都比照辦理。接著是眾會、演一法、一根種種性、一根無量種種性、一煩惱種種性、一三昧種種性。

先問:為什麼「根」要說兩遍——先「種種性」再「無量種種性」?這是本段一個細處。根的種種性是說眾生根器有種種類別;根的無量種種性是說每一類裡面又有無量差別。念藏兩層都念。落到自己身上:真正記得一個人,不只記得他屬於哪一類,還記得他和同類人不一樣在哪裡。

排一個誤解:這一段不是在誇耀記憶力。所念的十層——生、劫、佛名、授記、教法、眾會、所演之法、眾生之根、眾生之惑、所入之定——沒有一項是為自己的,全是為了說法時知道對象是誰、他們聽過什麼、他們卡在哪裡。

第八 念藏(二):十種念的名字,與住念之後的八個相

十種念的名字:「寂靜念、清淨念、不濁念、明徹念、離塵念、離種種塵念、離垢念、光耀念、可愛樂念、無障礙念。」

逐條看它們的分工。寂靜念——念是靜的,不是攪動的。清淨念——念本身無染。不濁念——不混雜,一念是一念。明徹念——照得透,不是模糊的印象。離塵念——離所緣之塵。離種種塵念——不只離一種塵,種種都離;這一條與前一條的差別,正如根的「種種性」與「無量種種性」之別。離垢念——離能染之垢。光耀念——念自身有照用。可愛樂念——念是可樂的,不是苦撐的。無障礙念——念至無礙。

先問:前面已經說了念什麼,這裡為什麼還要說念的十種樣子?因為所念與能念是兩件事。所念再多,若能念之心是濁的、是攪動的、是苦撐的,那個念就不成藏。這十條說的全是能念之心的品質。

住此念之後的相,經文列了八句:「一切世間無能嬈亂,一切異論無能變動,往世善根悉得清淨,於諸世法無所染著,眾魔外道所不能壞,轉身受生無所忘失;過、現、未來,說法無盡;於一切世界中,與眾生同住,曾無過咎;入一切諸佛眾會道場無所障礙,一切佛所悉得親近。」——其中「轉身受生無所忘失」一句最要緊:換一個身體出生,所記得的不失。念藏之為藏,就在這裡;一般的記憶跨不過生死,這個念跨得過。結句「是名:菩薩摩訶薩第八念藏」。

第九 持藏:與念藏極像的一段,差別在哪裡

持藏的句法與念藏幾乎一樣,都是『一……乃至不可說不可說』的層推。既然如此,先問一句:念與持有什麼不同?

看經文自己的用字。念藏起句是「捨離癡惑,得具足念,憶念過去一生、二生」——念的方向朝過去,所念是已經歷過的。持藏起句是「此菩薩持諸佛所說修多羅,文句義理,無有忘失」——持的所對是所領受的法,重點在「文句義理,無有忘失」。念是記得經歷,持是守住所受之法而不走樣。

再看兩張清單的差別,就更清楚。念藏有「念一佛出世說授記」「念一佛出世說修多羅」,強調的是那一場說法的發生;持藏則作「持一佛授記」「持一修多羅」,去掉了「出世說」三字,直接就是所持的那個法。念藏有「一根種種性」與「一根無量種種性」兩條,持藏只有「持一根無量種種性」一條,卻多了一條念藏所無的「持一劫數」。兩張表不是重複,是各有所司。

持藏的結語與其他各藏都不同,是全品最重的一段讚:「此持藏無邊難滿,難至其底,難得親近,無能制伏,無量無盡,具大威力,是佛境界,唯佛能了。」——七個「難」與「無」之後,落在「是佛境界,唯佛能了」。先問:這是不是把持藏抬得太高了?排一個誤解:經文說「唯佛能了」,了的是這個藏的邊際,不是說菩薩不能持。菩薩照持,只是持到什麼程度、還有多少沒持到,這件事只有佛知道。落到自己身上:這一句是給持法者的一個尺——你所持的,永遠比你以為的少。結句「是名:菩薩摩訶薩第九持藏」。

第十 辯藏(一):劫數可盡,義理難盡

辯藏是十藏的最後一個,也是收攝前九個的一個。

起句先立所依:「此菩薩有深智慧,了知實相,廣為眾生演說諸法,不違一切諸佛經典」四件事:有深智慧(能)、了知實相(所依)、廣為眾生演說(所為)、不違諸佛經典(所守)。先問:辯的第一條件是什麼?不是口才,是「了知實相」與『不違經典』。這兩句一前一後,把辯才夾在中間——內有實證,外合經教,中間那個能說才叫辯。

接著又是層推:說一品法乃至不可說不可說品法,說佛名號、世界、授記、修多羅、眾會、演一法、根的無量種種性、煩惱的無量種種性、三昧的無量種種性。然後把時間也推開:「或一日說,或半月、一月說,或百年、千年、百千年說,或一劫、百劫、千劫、百千劫說,或百千億那由他劫說,或無數無量乃至不可說不可說劫說。」

推到這裡,經文突然一轉,這是全品最漂亮的一句:「劫數可盡,一文一句,義理難盡。」

先問:前面費那麼大力氣把時間推到不可說不可說劫,為什麼一句話就把它推翻?因為要立的正是這個對比——能說的時間無論推到多長,總還是一個「數」,數就有盡;而一文一句裡的義理不是數,所以沒有盡。全品「無盡」二字,最直接的證據就在這一句。排一個誤解:這不是說法義多得說不完,是說義理根本不在『多少』這個尺度上,所以無法用時間去量。

經文自問所以:「何以故?此菩薩成就十種無盡藏故。」——辯之所以無盡,因為前面九藏加它自己都成就了。辯藏是十藏的果,不是第十件並列的事。

第十 辯藏(二):陀羅尼、廣長舌,與無邊身

成就此藏之後:「得攝一切法陀羅尼門現在前,百萬阿僧祇陀羅尼以為眷屬」——先得一個總持之門,這個門還帶著百萬阿僧祇個陀羅尼作眷屬。得了之後做什麼?「以法光明,廣為眾生演說於法。」

說法時的相:「以廣長舌出妙音聲,充滿十方一切世界;隨其根性,悉令滿足,心得歡喜,滅除一切煩惱纏垢。」——注意這裡的次第:充滿十方是量,隨其根性是機,令滿足、令歡喜、令滅煩惱是益。遍與應並行:說得再遍,若不隨根性,就不成利益。

接著:「善入一切音聲、言語、文字、辯才,令一切眾生佛種不斷,淨心相續,亦以法光明而演說法,無有窮盡,不生疲倦。」——辯才的果不是聽眾的讚歎,是「令一切眾生佛種不斷,淨心相續」。

第二個「何以故」是本段的底:「此菩薩成就盡虛空遍法界無邊身故。」先問:說法無窮,為什麼理由是「無邊身」?因為說法要有能說者在場;身若有邊,說法就有到不了的地方。身遍法界,說法才遍法界。落到自己身上:這一句提醒的是,講法的人講到哪裡,其實是他自己到得了哪裡。

結歎七句:「此藏無窮盡、無分段、無間、無斷、無變異、無隔礙、無退轉,甚深無底,難可得入,普入一切佛法之門。」——最後一句是十藏的總門:辯藏「普入一切佛法之門」。從第一藏的「信一切法空」到這裡的「普入一切佛法之門」,一開一收。結句「是為菩薩摩訶薩第十辯藏」。

結歎:十種無盡法,是十藏之所以無盡的十個所以

十藏說完,經文沒有停在那裡,另外立一段:「佛子!此十種無盡藏,有十種無盡法,令諸菩薩究竟成就無上菩提。」

先問:這十種無盡法是不是第十一個藏?不是。看句法就知道——十條都以「故」字結尾。「故」是所以,不是事項。這十條是十藏之所以能無盡的十個理由,不是另外十樣要修的東西。

逐條看:一、饒益一切眾生故——所對的是一切眾生,眾生無盡故藏無盡。這一條放在最前,說明無盡的第一個根是利他的範圍。二、以本願善迴向故——本願所發之時已經無限,善加迴向,所作就不落在自己這裡。三、一切劫無斷絕故——時間上不中斷。四、盡虛空界悉開悟心無限故——空間上盡虛空界,而能開悟之心沒有限量。前三條與這一條合起來,是人、願、時、空四面都無邊。五、迴向有為而不著故——這一條最要緊:迴向要落在有為法上(有具體的事、具體的人),可是不執著那個有為。若不迴向有為,功德無處可落;若著在有為,功德就有盡。六、一念境界一切法無盡故——一念之中的境界就含一切法,所以不必等到無量念之後才無盡,當下這一念已經是無盡的。七、大願心無變異故——願不改,所以不中斷。八、善攝取諸陀羅尼故——所受持者以總持攝之,不會漏失。九、一切諸佛所護念故——不是靠自己一個人撐。十、了一切法皆如幻故——若法是實有的,用一分就少一分;正因為如幻,所以用之不竭。

第一條與第十條要合起來看:始於「饒益一切眾生」,終於「了一切法皆如幻」。一頭是最實的事——去利益具體的眾生;一頭是最空的見——一切如幻。少了前者,如幻就成了不做事的藉口;少了後者,饒益眾生就會做到枯竭。十條無盡法之所以立得住,就在這一實一空的兩端。

結句:「是為十種無盡法,能令一切世間所作,悉得究竟無盡大藏。」——注意「一切世間所作」六字。所成就的不是出世間另有一個大藏,是把世間所作的一切都變成無盡大藏。品名的「無盡藏」到這裡才真正落地。

承衍

本品之義,古德所承有四軌,並錄不判。

澄觀一系:以來意五義立本品之位,其可徵之前二義為——「一為答前第二會初十藏問故;二前明正位,今依位起行故」。前一義把本品繫到第二會之初的十藏之問,是跨會的問答之繫;後一義把本品繫到前品〈十行品〉之位,是依位起行之繫。其正釋文則依經文自身的總標、別釋十藏、結歎三分隨釋,別釋之中逐藏又各分標、徵、釋、結四支——這四支與經文十藏的體例完全相合:每藏皆以「佛子」標、以『何等為菩薩摩訶薩某藏』徵、以其藏之文釋、以『是名/是為菩薩摩訶薩第某某藏』結(唯信藏結句無序數,作「是名:菩薩摩訶薩信藏」)。疏不另立與經文相異之科,此是澄觀釋本品之特色。其餘三義及釋名、宗趣之逐字,考據層所錄為截錄,未錄。

法藏一系:所釋為六十本〈菩薩十無盡藏品第十八〉。其於本品最重之判在品名之結構——「標人別法,故云菩薩之十藏,非是人法合目,謂此十種是諸菩薩所行之法」。所簡者,是把『菩薩十藏』讀成「菩薩」與「十藏」二事並稱之讀法;法藏判其為依主之目,十藏是菩薩之所行,非與菩薩並列之另一法。

智儼一系:於《雜孔目章》立〈十藏品內立一乘三乘小乘教藏章〉,先列小乘之三藏、二藏與三乘之五種藏,末乃出本品十藏,判為一乘教義之藏,並自設問答辨十藏與三藏何以可對說——其答曰三乘小乘據事分齊而說,教即非義;一乘則以教為教、復以義為教。此章不逐句牒經,是取十藏之名以立教相之分齊,與疏家隨文釋義者異其用。其章中所列第八作「正念藏」,與底本「念藏」一字之異,並錄不判。

李通玄一系:不作名之結構辨,亦不開多義,但云「為說此十種藏依法立名,可知」——十藏之名皆依所依之法而立,看名即知。其於本品所留之判不在品而在會:「序分。已下兩品,是正說分。兩品中至下動地興供,是流通分。兜率天宮說十迴向法門,於此位中有三品經,共成此位。」此判所繫者為第四會之三分,並繫及兜率天宮一會三品共成一位。以會之結構讀本品,與依品逐文釋義者異軌,古有此說,誌錄之。

三家之異,集中在二處:釋名——法藏辨結構而判為依主,李通玄不辨結構而云「可知」,澄觀可徵者為來意五義而非釋名;所判之對象——澄觀繫本品於前會之問與前品之位,法藏繫於品名之義理結構,李通玄則越過本品而判一會之序、正、流通三分。三家並行,皆古德成說,誌錄之,不判高下。

此外有二事須並記。其一,本品之十無盡藏與〈明法品〉之十無盡藏同名而異目:〈明法品〉十法群組之第十亦名「十無盡藏」,其十目為普見諸佛、總持不忘、決了諸法、大悲救護、種種三昧、滿眾生心廣大福德、演一切法甚深智慧、報得神通、住無量劫、入無邊世界——與本品之信、戒、慚、愧、聞、施、慧、念、持、辯十目全不相同,唯「無盡藏」三字相同。二品同名異目,據實記之,不判其孰為正。其二,本品無牒經逐句而釋之別行論:《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》《十玄門》《華嚴經旨歸》三書「十藏」「無盡藏」二詞零命中,據實記闕;《菩薩瓔珞本業經》一處並舉「十地十智,十行十投,十藏十願,十明十定,十現十印」,是十科名相並列之總讚句,非釋義,誌錄之。

Where This Chapter Joins On, and Why It Does Not Open the Scene Afresh

The preceding chapter, The Ten Practices, had a very large scene: the bodhisattva Merit Grove entered concentration, the buddhas of the ten directions appeared before him and stroked his crown, and only after he emerged from concentration did he open his mouth and speak the ten practices; and when he had finished there were more than two hundred lines of repeated verse, closing at the end with “though measureless and boundless buddhas should speak for measureless kalpas, they could not exhaust it.” The reader has only just come out of a setting like that, and the first sentence of this chapter is of the utmost brevity: “At that time the bodhisattva Merit Grove spoke again to the bodhisattvas.” A single word, ‘again’, and the concentration, the sustaining power, the assembly, and the thread of speech of the preceding chapter are all carried over, without one sentence being restated.

This has to be seen clearly at the outset, because it settles how the chapter is to be read. That the text does not open the scene afresh shows that this chapter is not raising another topic; it goes on speaking from where the preceding chapter left off. Chengguan, determining the reason this chapter comes, opens five senses, and the second of them is exactly this — “second, earlier what was set forth was the correct station, and now practice is raised in dependence on the station.” The preceding chapter set forth the station of the ten practices; this chapter sets forth the practice raised in dependence on that station. The treasury is not some other thing standing outside the station; it grows out from within it.

The first sense draws the line longer still: “first, in order to answer the question about the ten treasuries at the beginning of the earlier second assembly.” At the very opening of the second assembly, the question the bodhisattvas set out already listed “the ten abodes, the ten practices, the ten dedications, the ten treasuries, the ten grounds, the ten vows, the ten concentrations, the ten penetrations, the ten summits” — the name of the ten treasuries had appeared there, and had never been answered. The question stands at the opening of the second assembly, the answer at the close of the fourth, with two assemblies in between. This is a way of proceeding common in this scripture: the question is set down and left, and is answered only when the sequence of stations has arrived.

There is one further matter of form worth remembering: this chapter is prose from beginning to end, without a single verse. Of the four chapters of the fourth assembly, the first three all have verses — Ascent to the Palace of the Yāma Heaven has ten verses, the chapter of Verses of Praise has two hundred and four lines, The Ten Practices has two hundred and two lines — and this chapter alone has none. This is not an omission. Where there are verses, it is generally because something is to be praised, or restated, or spoken in another voice; this chapter is ten openings upon a single matter from beginning to end, and when the speaking is done it closes, leaving no room for praise and no layer needing restatement.

What ‘Treasury’ Means, and Which Word ‘Inexhaustible’ Falls Upon

First a question: why is it called a ‘treasury’?

What an ordinary person thinks of on hearing ‘treasury’ is a storehouse — a place for putting things, and the more it holds the better. Read that way, the ten treasuries become ten storehouses of merit, and reading the chapter is like taking inventory of the family property. That reading must be cleared away first. The scripture itself gives the clue: the chapter title reads ‘the ten inexhaustible treasuries’, and yet not one of the ten names of the treasuries in the text carries the word ‘inexhaustible’ — the treasury of faith, the treasury of the precepts, the treasury of shame, the treasury of abashment, the treasury of learning, the treasury of giving, the treasury of wisdom, the treasury of mindfulness, the treasury of retention, the treasury of eloquence, all simple names. The two words ‘inexhaustible’ are not on the names; they are on the ten inexhaustible dharmas of the closing passage.

Fazang, in explaining this chapter's title, distinguished one point in particular. He says: “As for the explanation of the name, the person is indicated and the dharma is distinguished, and so it says ‘the ten treasuries of the bodhisattva’; it is not a title in which person and dharma are joined — that is to say, these ten kinds are the dharmas practiced by the bodhisattvas.” ‘The bodhisattva's ten treasuries’ is not ‘bodhisattva’ plus ‘ten treasuries’ set side by side; it is ‘the ten treasuries of the bodhisattva’, and the treasuries are the dharmas practiced by the bodhisattva. The distinction looks fine-drawn, and its effect is large: the treasury is not property that the bodhisattva owns, it is what the bodhisattva is doing. The storehouse reading is cut off from this point on.

Li Tongxuan, for his part, is brief in the extreme, saying only: “First, as for explaining the title of the chapter: because these ten kinds of treasury are named in accordance with the dharma, it can be known.” The names of the ten treasuries are each set up according to the dharma upon which each depends — the treasury of faith is set up upon faith, the treasury of the precepts upon the precepts — there is no hidden mechanism, and one knows it by looking at the name. The elaborate way and the brief way: the ancient masters each state what they depend upon, and both stand.

Brought down to oneself: read ‘treasury’ as ‘what one is in the middle of doing’ and not as ‘what has already been stored up’, and only then does this chapter move. A storehouse fills up; the thing one is in the middle of doing does not.

The Sequence of the Ten Treasuries: From Faith at the Start to Being Able to Speak at the End

The ordering of the ten treasuries is not arbitrary. The treasury of faith stands first — without faith the other nine have no footing. Next come the precepts, shame, and abashment, and these three are all on ‘one's own side’: the precepts govern not doing hereafter, shame and abashment govern looking back at what has been done. Then come learning, giving, and wisdom, and these three open outward: learning is receiving, giving is handing over, wisdom is discriminating. Then mindfulness and retention, and these two hold fast: mindfulness is not forgetting what has been passed through, retention is not losing what has been received. Last comes eloquence — being able to speak it to others.

From faith to eloquence one line is clear: first able to believe, then able to guard, to be abashed, to learn, to relinquish, to judge, to remember, to retain, and at last to speak. The scripture itself, at the close of the first treasury, has already pointed out the end of this line in advance — “a bodhisattva who dwells in this treasury of faith is then able to hear and to retain all the Buddha's dharmas and to expound them for beings, causing them all to be awakened”: once the treasury of faith is firmly dwelt in, it already points toward ‘hearing and retaining’ and ‘expounding for beings’, which is to say the later treasuries of learning, of retention, and of eloquence. The ten treasuries are not ten items set side by side; they are ten stages of a single matter.

Clear away one misreading: do not suppose that those placed later are of a higher grade. The scripture's closing formulas for the ten treasuries are near to one another — ‘this is called / this is the such-and-such treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva’ (“this is called” occurs seven times, “this is” three times; the treasury of faith alone has no ordinal, reading “this is called: the treasury of faith of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva”) — and there is not one sentence saying that one treasury surpasses another. The sequence speaks of before and after, not of high and low.

Zhiyan, in the Kongmu zhang, sets up a separate chapter in which he takes these ten treasuries and sets them against the three treasuries of the lesser vehicle and the five kinds of treasury of the three vehicles, judging them to be the treasury of the teaching of the One Vehicle; and there the eighth in his list reads “the treasury of right mindfulness,” differing by one graph from this scripture's “treasury of mindfulness.” This is a use belonging to the judging of the modes of the teaching, on a different track from the masters who gloss the treasuries one by one following the text; it is recorded.

The First, the Treasury of Faith: What Is Believed Is Not How Great the Buddha Is, but That Dharmas Are of Themselves So

The treasury of faith is unexpected from its first words. Ordinarily one would suppose that ‘faith’ should mean faith in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha, or faith in cause and effect. The scripture does not say so. The ten clauses it lists are: “he believes that all dharmas are empty, believes that all dharmas are without marks, believes that all dharmas have nothing to be wished for, believes that all dharmas are without making, believes that all dharmas have nothing that can be discriminated, believes that all dharmas have no place to lean upon, believes that all dharmas cannot be measured, believes that all dharmas have nothing above them, believes that all dharmas are hard to surpass, believes that all dharmas are from the first unborn.”

All ten clauses are stated by negation — empty, without marks, without anything wished for, without making, without discrimination, without anything to lean on, immeasurable, with nothing above, hard to surpass, unborn: not one of them says ‘there is such-and-such’, all of them say ‘it is not such-and-such’. First a question: how is a thing like this to be believed? Faith ordinarily needs an object, and here even the object has been taken apart.

The answer is in the next passage. The scripture goes on to say that once one has thus accorded with all dharmas and given rise to pure faith, a certain phenomenon appears: hearing that the dharma of the buddhas is inconceivable, the mind does not shrink; hearing that all buddhas, the realm of beings, the Dharma realm, the realm of space, the realm of nirvāṇa, the age past, the age to come, the present age, and entering into all kalpas are inconceivable, the mind in every case does not shrink. Ten occurrences of ‘does not shrink’ stand over against the earlier ten of ‘believes that all dharmas’. So the verifying mark of faith is not ‘I feel sure of myself’; it is ‘hearing something that exceeds the range of my understanding, my mind does not contract’.

Why does it not contract? The scripture sets its own question and answers it: “Why is this? Because this bodhisattva, toward the buddhas, believes firmly and without wavering, and knows that the wisdom of a buddha is boundless and inexhaustible.” — because he knows that the wisdom of a buddha is boundless and inexhaustible, it is only to be expected that he himself cannot understand this matter. There follows at once that most weighty passage of ten negations: in the measureless worlds of the ten directions there are measureless buddhas in each, who have attained, are attaining, and will attain awakening, who have come forth, are coming forth, and will come forth into the world, who have entered, are entering, and will enter nirvāṇa, and yet “the wisdom of those buddhas neither increases nor decreases, neither arises nor ceases, neither advances nor retreats, is neither near nor far; there is in it no knowing that discriminates, nor is there any forsaking.” The buddhas are measureless and the times are three, and yet the wisdom of a buddha does not move. What is believed does not move, and only then can the mind that believes be unmoved.

Clear away one misreading: these ten clauses of negation are not asking anyone to believe in nothing at all; they are asking that faith be turned from ‘believing in a thing’ into ‘believing that matters are of themselves so’. Believe in a thing, and that thing may change, may be lost, may be overturned by someone; believe that dharmas are of themselves so, and there is nowhere for an overturning to take hold.

The eleven marks that follow upon gaining this faith the scripture lists very concretely: “his mind does not turn back, his mind is not confused, it cannot be broken, it is defiled by nothing, it always has a root, it accords with the noble ones, it dwells in the house of the Tathāgata, it guards and upholds the seed-nature of all the buddhas, it increases the faith and understanding of all bodhisattvas, it accords with the roots of goodness of all the tathāgatas, and it gives birth to the skillful means of all the buddhas.” — from the state of the mind (not turning back, not confused, not broken, undefiled), to the belonging of one's standing (having a root, according with the noble ones, dwelling in the house of the Tathāgata), to the unfolding of function (guarding the seed-nature, increasing faith and understanding, according with roots of goodness, giving birth to skillful means). Three layers pushed out in one run.

The closing sentence matters most: “a bodhisattva who dwells in this treasury of faith is then able to hear and to retain all the Buddha's dharmas and to expound them for beings, causing them all to be awakened.” The fruit of the treasury of faith is not that one is at ease oneself; it is that one can speak it to others. Brought down to oneself: if a person says that he believes, and yet panics the moment he is questioned and evades wherever the reasoning will not go through, then most likely he has not yet reached the ‘treasury of faith’; one who has reached it can go on speaking even where the reasoning will not go through, because what he believes is not that his own reasoning goes through.

The Second, the Treasury of the Precepts: Ten Names Given First, Then Asked Back One by One

The treasury of the precepts is of a different form from the treasury of faith. It first lists the ten names all at once — “the precept of universal benefit, the precept of not receiving, the precept of not dwelling, the precept of no regret, the precept of no contention, the precept of not injuring or troubling, the precept of no defiled admixture, the precept of no greedy seeking, the precept of no fault, the precept of no transgression” — and then asks back one by one with ten occurrences of ‘what is such-and-such a precept’, a question and an answer each time. In the whole chapter ‘what is’ occurs twenty times, ten of them in the treasury of the precepts and ten in the treasury of giving, and nowhere else. These are the only two places in the chapter where the fine items are opened out.

There is one matter here that must be recorded as it stands: in two places the name in the list and the name in the question-and-gloss are written with different graphs. The list reads “the precept of not injuring or troubling,” the question reads “what is the precept of not troubling or harming”; the list reads “the precept of no defiled admixture,” the question reads “what is the precept of no admixture.” In the same passage of the same scripture, two forms one after the other. So the base text stands; both are recorded verbatim, neither altered nor evened out. A reader who meets such a place need not be alarmed, and need not pick one of them as the ‘correct’ one — this is how the transmitted texts have come down from of old.

Look first at the form as a whole, then at each item. The glosses of the ten items have one syntax in common: nearly every one closes with ‘he only ... and so upholds the precepts’ or ‘it is fundamentally for the sake of ...’ — the precept of universal benefit, “fundamentally for the sake of benefiting all beings”; the precept of no contention, “he only wishes that all beings may be constantly joyful in mind, and so upholds the precepts”; the precept of not troubling or harming, “he upholds the precepts only in order to rescue and protect all beings”; the precept of no admixture, “he only contemplates dependent origination and upholds the precepts of emergence”; the precept of no greedy seeking, “he upholds the precepts only for the sake of fulfilling the dharma of emergence”; the precept of no fault, “he upholds the precepts only by making his mind one.” What these ten items distinguish is not precept-rules but the sake for which the precepts are upheld. With one and the same precept, why it is upheld decides which kind of precept it is. This is the eye of the whole treasury of the precepts.

The Second, the Treasury of the Precepts, One to Five: Benefit · Not Receiving · Not Dwelling · No Regret · No Contention

One, the precept of universal benefit — “This bodhisattva receives and upholds pure precepts, and this is fundamentally for the sake of benefiting all beings.” First a question: are the precepts not upheld in order to make oneself pure? The scripture sets the very first item upon the benefit of others. The misreading to be cleared away is this: supposing that the precepts are a wall guarding oneself from trouble. If a precept is only a wall, then however strictly it is kept it is no more than self-protection. The three words ‘universal benefit’ turn the direction the other way round — the receiving and upholding of pure precepts is itself something done for all beings. Brought down to oneself: when a person keeps his word and does not speak falsely, the first to be benefited is every person around him who trusts him. The first meaning of the precepts is to give others a place where they may be at ease.

Two, the precept of not receiving — “This bodhisattva does not receive and practice any of the precepts that the outer paths possess; he is simply of his own nature diligent, and he practices and upholds the equal pure precepts of the tathāgatas, the buddhas of the three times.” The name is easily misread: ‘the precept of not receiving’ does not mean not receiving the precepts. What it does not receive is specified: “any of the precepts that the outer paths possess”; what it does receive and uphold is “the equal pure precepts of the tathāgatas, the buddhas of the three times.” And there is an important clause in between: “he is simply of his own nature diligent” — it is not that some outside force keeps him from receiving them, but that his very nature is of itself diligent upon the right road. Clear away one misreading: this item is not belittling the strictness with which others keep their precepts; it is saying that what the precepts depend upon must not be mistaken; if what they depend upon is mistaken, the stricter they are the further they go.

Three, the precept of not dwelling — “When this bodhisattva receives and upholds the precepts, his mind does not dwell in the desire realm, does not dwell in the form realm, does not dwell in the formless realm.” First a question: when one upholds the precepts, where does the mind dwell? The scripture answers: ordinarily, when a person upholds the precepts his mind dwells upon the fruit of retribution — having upheld the precepts, where will he be born hereafter? Once the three realms are listed, every destination of retribution is enclosed. The scripture asks and answers the reason itself: “Why is this? Because it is not in order to seek birth in those places that he upholds the precepts.” Not upholding the precepts in order to seek birth there, the mind of itself does not dwell there. Brought down to oneself: if in doing a right thing one is all the while calculating what it will fetch in return, that thing is bounded by the calculation.

Four, the precept of no regret — “This bodhisattva constantly gains a dwelling in a mind that has no regret.” This item speaks of the state of mind in upholding the precepts. The scripture glosses the reason itself: “Why is this? Because he does not commit grave offenses, does not practice flattery and deceit, and does not break the pure precepts.” Three things — not committing grave offenses, not practicing flattery and deceit, not breaking the pure precepts — and once they are done, regret has no material. Clear away one misreading: absence of regret is not gained by consoling oneself; it is gained by there being nothing to regret. Brought down to oneself: sleeping soundly is something cultivated, not something one is talked into.

Five, the precept of no contention — this is the longest item and the most easily read past. “This bodhisattva does not disparage what was laid down before, nor does he set up new precepts besides” — he does not disparage the precepts laid down earlier, nor does he set up new rules of his own. First a question: why should setting up new precepts count as ‘contention’? Because the precepts are by nature a dharma held in common; when one person sets up a set of his own, those who live together then have two standards, and contention begins there. Then comes the positive side: “his mind constantly accords, and heads toward the precepts that go to nirvāṇa, which he receives and upholds in full without transgressing them”; and the last sentence weighs most: “he does not, because he himself upholds the precepts, trouble and disturb others so as to make them give rise to suffering; he only wishes that all beings may be constantly joyful in mind, and so upholds the precepts.” — he does not take his own keeping of the precepts and use it to trouble others. Brought down to oneself: this is what one who keeps precepts offends in most often — keeping them well himself, he begins to find others disagreeable to look at, and the precept becomes a knife. The scripture says plainly that the precepts are to make people joyful in mind.

The Second, the Treasury of the Precepts, Six to Ten: Not Troubling or Harming · No Admixture · No Greedy Seeking · No Fault · No Transgression

Six, the precept of not troubling or harming — “This bodhisattva does not, on account of the precepts, go and study spells and techniques of every kind, or compound medicines, so as to trouble and harm beings; he upholds the precepts only in order to rescue and protect all beings.” First a question: what have the precepts to do with studying spells and compounding drugs? The connection is in the three words “on account of the precepts” — because upholding the precepts has brought him repute and a following, he borrows that position to study spells and compound medicines, and turns them round to trouble and harm people. What this item guards against is the power that the precepts bring. Clear away one misreading: the scripture is not forbidding medicine or the bright spells in themselves; what it forbids is taking them and “troubling and harming beings.” The sentence that follows at once gives the positive side: “he upholds the precepts only in order to rescue and protect all beings.”

Seven, the precept of no admixture — “This bodhisattva does not cling to extreme views, does not uphold precepts that are of mixed admixture; he only contemplates dependent origination and upholds the precepts of emergence.” The source of the ‘admixture’ is “extreme views” — views that hold to one side. If precepts are upheld in dependence on a partial view, the precept is dyed and mixed by that view. The right understanding that the scripture gives is “he only contemplates dependent origination and upholds the precepts of emergence”: see dependent origination clearly, and the precept is a precept of emergence, not an exchange of one bondage for another. Brought down to oneself: two people may equally refrain from eating a certain thing, the one because he contemplates dependent origination and cannot bear its suffering, the other because he is convinced that eating it will bring him bad luck — the outward act is the same, but the one is a precept of emergence and the other a precept of admixture.

Eight, the precept of no greedy seeking — “This bodhisattva does not display an appearance different from others so as to make manifest that he himself has virtue; he upholds the precepts only for the sake of fulfilling the dharma of emergence.” To ‘display an appearance different from others’ is deliberately to make oneself look unlike everyone else. First a question: why should deliberately appearing to have virtue count as ‘greedy seeking’? Because that different appearance is there to be exchanged for something — respect, offerings, standing. The upholding of precepts has not itself changed; but once the mind of trade arises, the precept has become capital. Brought down to oneself: letting people know what one keeps, and deliberately letting people see that one keeps it, differ by no more than a single thought, and yet the difference lies in the very nature of the precept.

Nine, the precept of no fault — “This bodhisattva does not exalt himself, saying that he upholds the precepts; and seeing those who break the precepts, he does not despise or disparage them so as to make them ashamed and mortified; he upholds the precepts only by making his mind one.” Two things: toward oneself, no exalting; toward others, no despising. First a question: when one sees a person breaking the precepts, is not saying a word or two to him for his own good? The scripture adds a qualification — “so as to make them ashamed and mortified.” If the aim is to put the other to shame, then it is not for his good. So the right understanding is “only by making his mind one”: gathering the mind back to oneself. Brought down to oneself: the most hidden fault in keeping precepts is not in what one has broken, but in taking what one has not broken and measuring others by it.

Ten, the precept of no transgression — this item returns to concrete matters and lists the ten courses of good action one by one: “he forever cuts off killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, false speech, divisive speech, and harsh speech, together with meaningless speech, greed, anger, and wrong views, and receives and upholds in full the ten kinds of good action.” The first nine items all distinguish the mind in upholding precepts; the tenth comes back down to the actual boundaries of body, speech, and mind — however finely one distinguishes, it must in the end be proved upon these ten things.

Most important is the thought attached after this item. When the bodhisattva upholds this precept of no transgression he thinks: “All beings who transgress the pure precepts do so through inversion; only the Buddha, the World-Honored One, is able to know by what causes and conditions beings give rise to inversion and transgress the pure precepts. I ought to accomplish unsurpassed awakening and to expound the true Dharma widely for beings, causing them to leave inversion far behind.” — he does not think ‘I have kept the precepts and they have not’; he thinks ‘why is it that they are like this’, and then assigns the answer to the wisdom of a buddha and takes the responsibility onto his own becoming a buddha. This is precisely why the precepts are a treasury: the precepts do not stop upon oneself, they push out a vow to go and deliver others. The closing sentence: “This is called: the second treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of the precepts.”

The Third, the Treasury of Shame: Founding Shame upon ‘We Have Been One Another's Parents’

The treasury of shame is extremely short, and yet it is one of the weightiest passages in the chapter. The scripture says: “This bodhisattva recalls the evil deeds of every kind that he did in the past and gives rise to shame.” Shame is produced by recollection, not produced by being reproached.

What, then, is recollected? The bodhisattva's own words: “From beginningless ages, life after life, I and all beings have all in turn been one another's father and mother, elder and younger brother, elder and younger sister, man and woman.” First a question: why is this sentence placed at the very front of shame? Because it takes apart the boundary between ‘I’ and ‘beings’. If beings have nothing to do with me, then what I have done to them is merely something past; if they and I have been one another's parents and children, then those things become things done to my own closest kin. The weight of shame comes from here.

Then come the evils done: “because we possessed greed, anger, delusion, arrogance, flattery and deceit, and all the remaining afflictions, we troubled and harmed one another, we bullied and plundered one another in turn, we committed adultery, injury, and slaughter, and there was no evil we did not do,” and then six clauses of ‘did not ... one another’ — “we did not respect one another, did not honor one another, did not serve and comply with one another, did not humble ourselves to one another, did not rouse and guide one another, did not cherish and protect one another.” These six clauses are the center of the treasury of shame. What they list is not crimes but the rupture of relation: no respect, no honor, no compliance, no humility, no guidance, no cherishing. What is truly to be ashamed of is not that something bad was done, but that of the six ways of treating one another that ought to have been there, not one was.

Next comes the mechanism of shame: “I consider for myself this body of mine and all beings: past, future, and present, what we practice is the dharma of no shame, and there is no buddha of the three times who does not know it and see it. If I do not now cut off this conduct that has no shame, the buddhas of the three times will likewise see me. How then shall I go on practicing thus and not stop? This is by no means to be allowed.” — the buddhas of the three times all see it. Clear away one misreading: this is not a threat; the scripture does not say what the buddhas will do. What it says is only the fact of ‘being seen’. A person is unrestrained where no one is present because he supposes no one sees; once he knows that he is seen at all times, the conduct stops of itself. So the definition of shame is very clear here: shame is the self-restraint that arises within ‘being known and seen’.

The vow with which it concludes is exactly the same as that of the treasury of abashment: “I ought with a concentrated mind to cut it off, to attain unsurpassed perfect awakening, and to expound the true Dharma widely for beings.” Shame does not stop at self-reproach; it pushes out the vow to teach the Dharma and deliver beings. The closing sentence: “This is called: the third treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of shame.”

Brought down to oneself: true shame does not need anyone standing by to point it out. It grows from the concrete recollection of ‘what I once did to whom’, and not from an abstract estimate of oneself.

The Fourth, the Treasury of Abashment: What He Is Abashed at Is the Insatiability of the Five Desires, and the Buddhas of the Three Times Who Are Deceived

Shame and abashment are commonly used as one word, and this chapter divides them into two treasuries, each with its own object, and this is the key to reading the passage. What shame is set against is “the evil deeds of every kind that he did in the past”; what abashment is set against is being “abashed at himself, that from of old, amid the five desires, he sought greedily in every way and never had a time of satiety.” Shame is set against evils already done, abashment against the insatiability of greedy seeking; the one is set against deeds, the other against desire.

First a question: why is it a matter for abashment that greedy seeking is never satisfied? The scripture answers directly: “and thereby increased greed, hatred, delusion, and all the afflictions.” Greedy seeking is not merely one occurrence; it is the mechanism by which the afflictions increase — the more one seeks the more there is, and the more there is the more one seeks. The bodhisattva's first decision is extremely simple: “I now ought not to practice these things again.”

Then comes the second thought, which is the body of this passage. It looks first at beings: “Beings are without wisdom; they give rise to afflictions of every kind, they practice evil dharmas of every kind in full, they do not respect one another, they do not honor one another, and so on until they become in turn one another's enemies and foes.” — note that the words ‘one another’ appear here again, answering to the treasury of shame. Then it adds a layer that the treasury of shame did not have: “Of evils such as these there is none they do not do in full; and having done them they rejoice, they pursue and praise them, they are blind and without the eye of wisdom, and there is nothing they truly know and see.” Having done evil they rejoice in it, and go on to pursue it and to praise it — this is a layer deeper than the doing of evil itself. It is precisely this layer that abashment is set against.

Further on, the scripture turns to the body: “Within a mother's womb they enter the womb and receive birth, and accomplish this defiled and impure body, which must come in the end to white hair and a wrinkled face. One who has wisdom contemplates that this body is but an impure dharma born of sexual desire.” Entering the womb, defilement, white hair and wrinkled face — the two ends of a lifetime set side by side to be looked at. Clear away one misreading: this is not world-weariness, nor is it saying that the body is shameful; the scripture's landing place is in the next sentence — “and the buddhas of the three times all know it and see it. If to this day I still practice these things, then I am deceiving the buddhas of the three times.”

The words “deceiving the buddhas of the three times” are the core of abashment. The mechanism of shame is ‘being seen’; the mechanism of abashment is ‘knowing that one is seen and yet still pretending otherwise’ — and that becomes deception. So the distinction between shame and abashment is clear in this chapter: shame is knowing that one is seen and stopping oneself; abashment is knowing that if one does not stop, it amounts to deceiving.

The concluding vow is the same as that of the treasury of shame: “I ought to cultivate abashment, swiftly to accomplish unsurpassed perfect awakening, and to expound the true Dharma widely for beings.” The closing sentence: “This is called: the fourth treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of abashment.”

The Fifth, the Treasury of Learning: Much Learning Is Not Hearing Much, It Is Knowing What May Be Declared and What May Not

The treasury of learning is the passage of the most distinctive form in the whole chapter. It does not list ‘how many scriptures have been heard’, but sets out ten classes of the dharmas that are known, each first indicated and then questioned — ‘what is such-and-such’ — ten questions and ten answers.

Look first at the four clauses of dependent origination. The scripture indicates them: “This bodhisattva knows: because this thing exists, therefore that thing exists; because this thing does not exist, therefore that thing does not exist; because this thing arises, therefore that thing arises; because this thing ceases, therefore that thing ceases,” and then questions and glosses them one by one: “What is ‘because this thing exists, that thing exists’? It is: because ignorance exists, formations exist.” “What is ‘because this thing does not exist, that thing does not exist’? It is: because consciousness does not exist, name-and-form does not exist.” “What is ‘because this thing arises, that thing arises’? It is: because craving arises, suffering arises.” “What is ‘because this thing ceases, that thing ceases’? It is: because becoming ceases, birth ceases.” — the four clauses each raise one pair from among the twelve links of existence: ignorance and formations, consciousness and name-and-form, craving and suffering, becoming and birth. Existence, non-existence, arising, cessation: on these four sides, both the forward and the reverse statement of dependent origination are covered in full. First a question: why is the first item of much learning dependent origination? Because however much one hears, if one does not know that things depend upon one another, what has been heard is only a heap of accounts unrelated to one another.

Next come three pairs of dharmas: “What are the dharmas of the world? They are: form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. What are the dharmas beyond the world? They are: the precepts, concentration, wisdom, liberation, and the knowledge and vision of liberation.” The five aggregates set against the five parts of the dharma-body; the worldly and the world-transcending each indicated by five dharmas. “What are the conditioned dharmas? They are: the desire realm, the form realm, the formless realm, and the realm of beings. What are the unconditioned dharmas? They are: space, nirvāṇa, cessation through reckoning conditions, cessation not through reckoning conditions, and the abiding of the dharma-nature of dependent origination.” The conditioned is indicated by four realms, the unconditioned by five dharmas — among which “cessation through reckoning conditions” is the cessation gained by the power of discriminating investigation and “cessation not through reckoning conditions” is the cessation gained without discriminating investigation, while the fifth, “the abiding of the dharma-nature of dependent origination,” places the dharma-nature of dependent origination too among the unconditioned, and is what is distinctive in this chapter's listing of the unconditioned.

The item of the dharmas that can be determinately declared lists the regular curriculum of cultivating the path: “the four noble truths, the four fruits of the ascetic, the four eloquences, the four fearlessnesses, the four stations of mindfulness, the four right exertions, the four bases of supernormal power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven factors of awakening, and the eight branches of the noble path.” — apart from the four truths and the four fruits, all of them are the fine items of the thirty-seven factors of the path. ‘Determinately declarable’ means that they can be answered with a determination.

Last come the dharmas that are indeterminate, and this is the longest in extent. Four gates of four clauses each: the four clauses of the world's having or not having an end, the four clauses of the world's being or not being eternal, the four clauses of the Tathāgata's existing or not existing after his cessation, the four clauses of the existing or not existing of I and beings; and then a long string of “In the past, how many tathāgatas have entered parinirvāṇa,” “In the future, how many tathāgatas will there be? How many śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas?”, “What sort of tathāgata came forth first,” “From what place does the world come, and to what place does it go,” “What is the first limit of birth-and-death,” and so on. The scripture answers not one of them; it merely sets them out and then says “these are called the dharmas that are indeterminate.”

First a question: what kind of much learning is it to set out the questions one does not answer? The answer lies exactly here. The accomplishment of much learning is not only knowing the answers; it includes knowing which questions cannot in their very nature be answered by way of determination. Clear away one misreading: ‘indeterminate’ does not mean ‘the Buddha does not know’, nor does it mean ‘these questions do not matter’; it says that these ways of asking are themselves diseased, and that to answer them as they are put only deepens the disease. Brought down to oneself: when a person's learning has reached a certain point, the most useful single skill he has is being able to tell which questions are to be pursued and which are to be left alone.

The concluding thought of the treasury of learning is one of the pivots of the chapter: “All beings, within birth-and-death, have no much learning and are unable to understand clearly all these dharmas. I ought to rouse the intention, to hold the treasury of much learning, to attain unsurpassed perfect awakening, and to expound the true Dharma for all beings.” — much learning is not laying in stock for oneself; it is because beings have no much learning that the intention to hold it is roused. The closing sentence reads “this is called: the fifth treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of much learning,” differing by two graphs from the “treasury of learning” indicated in the question earlier; so the base text stands, and both are recorded without alteration.

The Sixth, the Treasury of Giving: Ten Kinds of Giving, the Names Given First, Then Asked Back One by One

The treasury of giving is the passage of greatest extent in the chapter, and its form is the same as that of the treasury of the precepts — first the ten names are listed, then they are asked back one by one with ten occurrences of ‘what is the bodhisattva's such-and-such giving’: “the giving that divides and reduces, the giving that exhausts all, inward giving, outward giving, inward and outward giving, the giving of everything, the giving of the past, the giving of the future, the giving of the present, and ultimate giving.”

Look first at the ordering of these ten names. The first six run from little to entire in what is relinquished: dividing and reducing (parting with a portion), exhausting all (relinquishing to the last), inward (relinquishing the parts of the body), outward (relinquishing the royal throne), inward and outward (body and throne relinquished together), everything (measureless people each seeking what they wish, and all of it given). The last four change axis: past, future, present, ultimate — no longer saying what is relinquished to whom, but speaking of relinquishment toward the dharmas of the three times. With one and the same word ‘giving’, the first six are the giving of goods and of the body, and the last four are relinquishment upon the plane of dharmas. This turn is the place in the treasury of giving most easily read past; a reader who comes to the seventh, ‘the giving of the past’, and still reads in the manner of the first six will feel it has suddenly wandered off the subject. It has not wandered off; it has pushed ‘giving’ through to the bottom.

The Sixth, the Treasury of Giving, One to Three: Dividing and Reducing · Exhausting All · Inward Giving

One, the giving that divides and reduces — “This bodhisattva is by nature kind and loves to practice giving. If he obtains a fine flavor, he does not take it for his own use alone; he must first give it to beings and only then eat.” First a question: why is the first step of giving set upon ‘eating a meal’? Because that is what happens every single day, and is the hardest of all to yield. The scripture then gives an extremely fine observation: “Within my body there are eighty thousand families of worms that dwell in dependence on me; when my body is full and at ease, they too are full and at ease; when my body is hungry and in distress, they too are hungry and in distress.” — even the beings within one's own body are counted in, so that this one mouthful of food is already itself an act of giving. The second thought goes a layer further: “Through the long night of birth-and-death I have loved and clung to this body, and it is in order to make it full that I have received food and drink. Now with this food I give bounty to beings, and I vow that toward this body I may forever cut off craving and clinging.” The same action, with the sake for which it is done changed, turns from nourishing the body into cutting off craving. Brought down to oneself: giving need not wait until one has a surplus; the sense of the giving that divides and reduces is precisely this — to divide something out when there is not enough.

Two, the giving that exhausts all — the condition is far more severe than that of dividing and reducing: “if he uses them himself he will be at ease and his years prolonged, and if he spares his own portion and gives it to another he will be destitute and die young.” This is not dividing out of surplus; it is that giving means he cannot go on living. Someone comes and says: “All that you now have you ought to give to me.” The bodhisattva's reflection is: “From beginningless ages, for hunger's sake, I have lost body and life countless times, and I have never gained so much as a hair's tip of the good profit that comes of benefiting beings.” — first a question: how does he persuade himself? Not by heroic feeling, but by a reckoning: in the past he has already died of hunger countless times, and not one of those deaths benefited anyone, whereas this one at least does. Clear away one misreading: this passage is not urging people to relinquish their lives; it is distinguishing the measure proper to giving — the giving that divides and reduces is the constant rule, and the giving that exhausts all is what is done when that situation has actually arrived.

Three, inward giving — the scene changes: this bodhisattva is “in the very prime of youth, upright and fair,” has just received the anointing of the crown and ascended the throne of a wheel-turning king, is furnished with the seven treasures, and rules as king over the four continents. Someone comes to beg his “hands and feet, blood and flesh, head and eyes, bones and marrow.” His reflection is a single sentence: “This body of mine will certainly die hereafter, and there is not the least benefit in it; I ought in good time to relinquish it quickly, and with it to relieve beings.” — first a question: why must a king at the very height of his fortune be set up first? Because the premise of being able to relinquish is having in the first place. For one who has nothing at all to say that he will relinquish his body is empty talk. The scripture heaps what is to be relinquished to the highest, and only then says “having thought thus, he gives it to him, and in his mind there is no regret afterward”; only so does the weight of the relinquishing hold.

The Sixth, the Treasury of Giving, Four to Six: Outward Giving · Inward and Outward Giving · The Giving of Everything

Four, outward giving — again a wheel-turning king in the prime of life; this time the one who comes does not want the body but the throne: “relinquishing this royal throne to relieve me; let me govern, and enjoy the blessings and happiness of a king.” The bodhisattva's reflection: “All that flourishes must certainly decay, and when it decays one can no longer benefit beings. I now ought to accord with what he seeks and to fill his heart's desire.” — first a question: is relinquishing a throne easier or harder than relinquishing the body? The scripture does not compare; the reason it gives is time: flourishing must in the end decay, and once it has decayed this throne can no longer benefit anyone. Therefore it is yielded while it is still of use. Brought down to oneself: position, resources, and influence all have a term, and what this passage speaks of is spending them while they are still in force.

Five, inward and outward giving — the one who comes wants both: “I only pray that the great king will relinquish it to me, and, together with the great king's own body, that he will serve as my subject and servant.” The bodhisattva's reflection is the famous sentence of this passage: “My body, my wealth and treasure, and my royal throne are all impermanent dharmas that will come to ruin. I am now in the fullness of vigor and possess the riches of the world; one who begs stands before me, and I ought to use what is not firm to seek the firm Dharma.” — to use what is not firm to seek the firm Dharma. Body and throne are not firm, and to exchange what is not firm for a Dharma that is firm is a reckoning that pays. The scripture adds a most weighty clause: “even with his own body he respectfully and diligently performs labor for him, and in his mind there is no regret afterward” — not only is the throne yielded, but he actually goes and performs the labor of a servant. Clear away one misreading: this is not self-abasement; it is that both ‘king’ and ‘servant’ are seen as things not firm, and so neither side binds him.

Six, the giving of everything — the scene is the largest: measureless poor and destitute people come all together, “some beg his land, some beg his wife and children, some beg his hands and feet, blood and flesh, heart and lungs, head and eyes, marrow and brain.” The bodhisattva's reflection turns to love and affection: “All love and affection must come in the end to parting, and there is no benefit in it for beings. I now, wishing forever to relinquish craving and love, take all these things that must certainly be scattered and use them to fulfill the wishes of beings.” — first a question: the first five givings spoke of goods; why does this one speak of love and affection? Because ‘wife and children’ have been listed in. Once there are persons among what is relinquished, the reckoning can no longer be made of goods alone. The scripture's reasoning is: love and affection must in the end come to parting, and at the parting there is no benefit in it for beings either; better to use it now to fulfill the wishes of beings. At the end it adds one more clause: “in his mind there is no regret, nor does he give rise to a mind that loathes and despises beings” — having given, he not only does not regret it, he also does not think the less of those who came to beg. This clause is the finest requirement laid upon the giver's mind among the ten kinds of giving.

The Sixth, the Treasury of Giving, Seven to Nine: The Giving of the Past · The Giving of the Future · The Giving of the Present

From here on, what is given is no longer goods and body, but the not-grasping of the dharmas of the three times.

Seven, the giving of the past — “This bodhisattva hears of all the merits that the buddhas and bodhisattvas of the past possess, and having heard of them he does not cling to them; he understands clearly that they are not truly existent, he gives rise to no discrimination, he neither craves them nor savors them, nor does he seek to take them, and he has nothing to lean upon; he sees all dharmas as a dream, in which there is nothing firm; toward roots of goodness of every kind he gives rise to no notion that they truly exist, and has nothing to lean upon.” First a question: hearing of the merits of the buddhas and bodhisattvas of the past and not clinging to them — to whom is this given? The answer is in the next clause: “it is only in order to teach and transform those beings who grasp and cling, and to bring the Buddha's dharma to maturity, that he expounds it for them” — it is not that he does not speak of those merits; he expounds them for beings just as before, only he does not himself come to rest there. What is relinquished is the yearning admiration that says ‘I too must be like that’. At the end it is pushed to the bottom: “The dharmas of every kind that are past, though sought throughout the ten directions, are altogether unobtainable.” “Having thought thus, toward the dharmas of the past he relinquishes them all in the end.” Brought down to oneself: to admire the ancients is a good thing; to turn admiration into self-hypnosis is not.

Eight, the giving of the future — what it is set against is the practice of the buddhas of the future. The scripture's analysis here is finer than in the giving of the past, because the future most easily breeds two diseases: longing, and weariness. So it blocks both sides — “he does not take particular delight in being born in the lands of those buddhas, he neither savors nor clings, and neither does he give rise to weariness; he does not dedicate and direct his roots of goodness to that place, nor does he thereby lose his roots of goodness there.” He does not particularly want to go there, nor is he weary of it; he does not dedicate and direct his roots of goodness there, nor does he on that account lose them. What then? “He constantly and diligently cultivates, and has never abandoned or forsaken it; he only wishes, by means of that realm, to gather in beings.” He cultivates as before, only not for the sake of that future. The last sentence is the most thorough of all: “If a dharma is not truly existent, then there is nothing that cannot be relinquished.” — since dharmas are not truly existent, there is nothing that cannot be let go.

Nine, the giving of the present — what it is set against is the merits of the gods of the present and of the two vehicles. The scripture lists in one breath twenty-eight names of heavens, from the gods of the retinue of the four heavenly kings, the gods of the Thirty-Three, the Yāma gods, and the Tuṣita gods all the way to the gods of the highest form, “and on to hearing of the merits with which śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas are furnished.” First a question: why list so long a string? Because the temptation of the present is concrete, is graded, and lets one see the rung above — the more minutely it is listed, the more the pull of that ladder shows. The four negations of the bodhisattva who has heard them: “his mind is not confused, does not sink, does not gather, and is not scattered” — not confused (not drawn in), not sinking (not falling into it), not gathering (not hoarding), not scattered (nor thrown into disorder by it). The clause he depends upon is “he only contemplates that the formations are like a dream and are not real, and has no craving or clinging.” The landing place is still the benefit of others: “in order to cause beings to relinquish the evil destinies, his mind gives rise to no discrimination, and he cultivates the bodhisattva path.”

The Sixth, the Treasury of Giving, Ten: Ultimate Giving

Ten, ultimate giving — it returns to the body, but is more thorough than inward giving. Those who come to beg are “measureless beings — some without eyes, some without ears, or without nose and tongue and hands and feet,” and they say: “This body of mine is of thin blessing, and my faculties are maimed and lacking. I only pray that you will be kind, and by skillful means relinquish what you yourself have, so as to make me complete.” The bodhisattva, “hearing this, gives to him at once.”

Where is the ‘ultimate’? In the next sentence: “even if because of this, for asaṃkhyeya kalpas, his own faculties are not complete, he does not give rise to a single thought of regret or of begrudging.” — it is not that he does not regret it in the moment of relinquishing; it is that for measureless long kalpas thereafter, with his body maimed, there is still not one thought of regret. ‘Ultimate’ is not fastened to how much is relinquished, but to how long the relinquishing lasts afterward. First a question: how can a person hold out under so long a consequence? What the scripture gives is not willpower but contemplation: from the impure and minute form at the first entering of the womb, the segments of the womb and the faculties, and birth, old age, sickness, and death, on to “this body has nothing real about it, has nothing of shame or abashment, is not a thing of the worthy and the noble, is foul and unclean, held together by the joints of its bones, smeared over with blood and flesh, its nine apertures constantly flowing with impurity, loathed and despised by others.” Eight clauses stated straight out, with no simile set up. Only when one has seen clearly what this body is does one “not give rise to a single thought of love and clinging” — no regret is not something endured, it is something seen.

The last thought gathers up the whole treasury of giving: “This body is perilous and brittle and has nothing firm about it. Why then should I now give rise to fondness and clinging? I ought to give it to another and fill his wish. Just as I do this, so with this shall I guide and open the way for all beings, causing them to give rise to no craving and love toward body and mind, and all to accomplish the pure body of wisdom.” — what is relinquished is an impure body, and what is accomplished is “the pure body of wisdom.” Moreover he does not merely relinquish it himself; he means also “with this to guide and open the way for all beings”: this one act of giving is at the same time a demonstration. The closing sentence: “This is the sixth treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of giving.”

The Seventh, the Treasury of Wisdom (1): Twenty-Eight Occurrences of ‘Knows as It Really Is’ and Six of ‘Cannot Be Destroyed’

The form of the treasury of wisdom changes again. It lists no names, but spreads out a table directly: seven gates, each gate with four branches.

The four gates of form, of feeling-perception-formations-consciousness, of ignorance, and of craving are each set forth with the four branches of suffering, arising, cessation, and path — “he knows form as it really is, knows the arising of form as it really is, knows the cessation of form as it really is, knows the path to the cessation of form as it really is,” and feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, ignorance, and craving follow the same pattern. In the three gates of the śrāvaka, the pratyekabuddha, and the bodhisattva the four branches are changed to ‘knows such-and-such as it really is, knows the dharma of such-and-such as it really is, knows the arising of such-and-such as it really is, knows the nirvāṇa of such-and-such as it really is’. Seven gates of four branches: ‘knows as it really is’ occurs twenty-eight times in the whole passage.

First a question: why should the treasury of wisdom use the form of the four truths to look at ignorance, at craving, and even at the śrāvaka and the bodhisattva? Because the form of the four truths asks four things — what it is, where it comes from, whether it can be ended, and how it is ended. Fit these four questions upon anything at all, and that thing is seen through. Wisdom is not knowing a great many things; it is having a complete way of putting questions to things.

Then the scripture sets its own question: “How does he know this?” The answer: “He knows that all of it is produced from the causes and conditions of the formations of karmic retribution, that all is false and empty and without reality, is not self and is not firm, and that there is not the least dharma that can be obtained as established.” — the conclusion of what is known is “there is not the least dharma that can be obtained as established.” And then: “Wishing to cause beings to know its true nature, he expounds it widely for them.”

Here there is a pass. The scripture asks itself “What is it that he expounds?” and answers itself “He expounds that the dharmas cannot be destroyed”; then asks again, “What dharmas cannot be destroyed?” and answers again: “Form cannot be destroyed; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness cannot be destroyed; ignorance cannot be destroyed; the dharma of the śrāvaka, the dharma of the pratyekabuddha, and the dharma of the bodhisattva cannot be destroyed.” — having just said “empty and without reality,” it says at once “cannot be destroyed,” and here the reader is most easily brought up short.

To clear away this misreading, look at the next sentence: “Why is this? Because all dharmas are without making, without a maker, without speech, without a place, unarisen, unoriginated, not given, not taken, without movement, and without function.” The reason they cannot be destroyed is precisely that they have from the first no substance that could be destroyed. If there were a real thing, then it would be liable to be destroyed; since there is no making and no maker, no arising and no origination, there is nothing that could destroy them. So “empty and without reality” and “cannot be destroyed” are not two statements; they are two sides of one statement. The highest point of the treasury of wisdom lies in just this turn.

The mark of wisdom accomplished: “The bodhisattva accomplishes measureless treasuries of wisdom such as these, and with but little skillful means he understands all dharmas, is of himself clear and penetrating, and does not need another to awaken him.” — the verifying mark is “does not need another to awaken him.” Brought down to oneself: when one's study has reached a certain point, one need no longer go and ask someone when a new question comes, because that way of seeing turns of itself. This is what wisdom accomplished looks like; it does not look like having memorized the answers.

The Seventh, the Treasury of Wisdom (2): The Ten Kinds of What Cannot Be Exhausted — the One Place in the Chapter Where ‘Inexhaustible’ Is Glossed by the Scripture Itself

The passage that follows is the most crucial matter of form in the whole chapter. The scripture says: “This inexhaustible treasury of wisdom is said to be inexhaustible because of ten kinds of what cannot be exhausted.” — of the ten treasuries, only the treasury of wisdom explains in the scripture itself why it is called ‘inexhaustible’. The other nine treasuries have no such gloss of their own. So if one would ask ‘what does inexhaustible mean’, it is here alone that one may look.

The ten kinds of what cannot be exhausted, one by one: one, skill in much learning cannot be exhausted — since what is heard is inexhaustible, the skillful use of it is inexhaustible too. Two, drawing near to good friends cannot be exhausted — a good friend is not one person, but those one goes on meeting all along the road. Three, being well able to discriminate the phrases and their meaning cannot be exhausted — one and the same sentence has different meanings in different places; can the discriminating be finished? It cannot. Four, entering deeply into the Dharma realm cannot be exhausted — the Dharma realm is boundless, and there is no time when entering it is exhausted. Five, adorning with the wisdom of one flavor cannot be exhausted — with the wisdom of one flavor one adorns all things, and what is adorned is inexhaustible. Six, accumulating all merit with a mind that does not tire cannot be exhausted — merit can be finished accumulating; a mind that does not tire cannot. Seven, entering all the gates of dhāraṇī cannot be exhausted — the gates of total retention enter one into another, gate upon gate. Eight, being able to discriminate the speech and the sounds of all beings cannot be exhausted — the speech of beings is measureless, and the discriminating is measureless too. Nine, being able to cut off the doubts of all beings cannot be exhausted — doubts are cut off and arise again, and the cutting off is likewise inexhaustible. Ten, manifesting for all beings the spiritual power of all buddhas, teaching and taming them, and causing them to cultivate without ceasing cannot be exhausted — the longest of the items, and the one that gathers up: manifesting, teaching, taming, and causing cultivation not to cease, four matters in succession.

First a question: what have these ten in common? What every one of them is set against is measureless — what is heard is measureless, good friends are measureless, the meaning of the phrases is measureless, the Dharma realm is boundless, merit is measureless, the dhāraṇīs are measureless, the speech of beings is measureless, doubts are measureless, beings are measureless. So ‘inexhaustible’ does not say that a great deal has been packed into this treasury; it says that what it is set against has no edge, and that therefore this work can never be finished. Clear away one misreading: that it cannot be finished is not bad news. A storehouse can be finished, and once finished there is nothing left to do; a treasury cannot be finished, and therefore it stays alive.

The closing sentence: “This is the seventh treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of wisdom. One who dwells in this treasury attains inexhaustible wisdom and is universally able to awaken all beings.”

The Eighth, the Treasury of Mindfulness (1): What Is Recalled Is Ten Layers, Each Finer Than the Last

The treasury of mindfulness states its premise in its opening words: “This bodhisattva relinquishes folly and confusion and attains mindfulness complete in full” — the premise of mindfulness is the relinquishing of folly. While folly is there, what is remembered is all mistaken.

What is recalled the scripture spreads out in layers. The first layer is lives: one life, two lives, ten lives, a hundred lives, a thousand lives, a hundred thousand lives, measureless hundreds of thousands of lives. The second layer is kalpas: the kalpa of formation, the kalpa of decay, the kalpa of formation-and-decay, and more than one of each of these, then a hundred kalpas, a thousand kalpas, a hundred thousand koṭis of nayutas of kalpas, pushed all the way to “kalpas beyond number, measureless, boundless, without equal, uncountable, unweighable, unthinkable, immeasurable, unspeakable, and unspeakably unspeakable” — ten extreme names of number set side by side.

From here on the syntax changes, all of it ‘he recalls one ... and on to unspeakably unspeakable ...’: the names of buddhas, buddhas coming forth into the world and declaring predictions, buddhas coming forth into the world and declaring sūtras — and when it comes to the sūtras, the scripture lists in passing the whole of the twelve divisions of the teaching: “and as with the sūtras, so also with the geya, the predictions, the gāthā, the nidāna, the udāna, the accounts of former things, the accounts of former births, the extensive teachings, the unprecedented, the parables, and the discussions,” meaning that each of these twelve classes is handled on the same pattern. Then come the assemblies, the expounding of one kind of dharma, the various natures of one faculty, the measureless various natures of one faculty, the various natures of one affliction, and the various natures of one samādhi.

First a question: why is ‘faculty’ spoken of twice — first “various natures” and then “measureless various natures”? This is a fine point of the passage. The various natures of a faculty means that the capacities of beings fall into various classes; the measureless various natures of a faculty means that within each class there are again measureless differences. The treasury of mindfulness recalls both layers. Brought down to oneself: truly to remember a person is not merely to remember which class he belongs to, but to remember where he is unlike others of that class.

Clear away one misreading: this passage is not boasting of powers of memory. Of the ten layers recalled — lives, kalpas, buddha-names, predictions, the teachings, assemblies, the dharmas expounded, the faculties of beings, the delusions of beings, and the concentrations entered — not one is for himself; all are so that when he teaches the Dharma he may know who his hearers are, what they have heard before, and where they are stuck.

The Eighth, the Treasury of Mindfulness (2): The Names of the Ten Kinds of Mindfulness, and the Eight Marks After Dwelling in Mindfulness

The names of the ten kinds of mindfulness: “mindfulness that is still, mindfulness that is pure, mindfulness that is unmuddied, mindfulness that is clear through, mindfulness apart from dust, mindfulness apart from dusts of every kind, mindfulness apart from defilement, mindfulness that shines, mindfulness that may be loved and delighted in, and mindfulness that is unobstructed.”

Look at the division of labor among them one by one. Mindfulness that is still — mindfulness is quiet, not agitated. Mindfulness that is pure — mindfulness is itself undefiled. Mindfulness that is unmuddied — unmixed; one thought is one thought. Mindfulness that is clear through — it illumines through, and is not a blurred impression. Mindfulness apart from dust — apart from the dust that is its object. Mindfulness apart from dusts of every kind — not apart from one kind of dust only, but from every kind; the difference between this item and the one before it is just like the difference between the “various natures” and the “measureless various natures” of a faculty. Mindfulness apart from defilement — apart from the defilement that dyes. Mindfulness that shines — mindfulness has an illumining function of its own. Mindfulness that may be loved and delighted in — mindfulness is a joy, not a grim endurance. Mindfulness that is unobstructed — mindfulness carried to unobstructedness.

First a question: what is recalled has already been stated; why then state the ten aspects of mindfulness as well? Because what is recalled and the mind that recalls are two different things. However much is recalled, if the mind that recalls is muddied, agitated, or grimly enduring, that mindfulness does not amount to a treasury. All ten of these items speak of the quality of the mind that recalls.

The marks after dwelling in this mindfulness the scripture lists in eight clauses: “none in all the world is able to disturb him, none of the differing doctrines is able to move him, the roots of goodness of former ages are all made pure, he is undefiled toward the dharmas of the world of every kind, the hosts of Māra and the followers of other paths cannot destroy him, and when he changes his body and receives birth he loses nothing; past, present, and future, he teaches the Dharma without end; within all the worlds he dwells together with beings and has never had a fault; he enters the assemblies and the sites of awakening of all the buddhas without obstruction, and gains a drawing near to the places of all the buddhas.” — among these the clause “when he changes his body and receives birth he loses nothing” matters most: he is born into another body, and what he remembers is not lost. It is here that the treasury of mindfulness is a treasury; ordinary memory cannot cross birth-and-death, and this mindfulness can. The closing sentence: “This is called: the eighth treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of mindfulness.”

The Ninth, the Treasury of Retention: A Passage Extremely Like the Treasury of Mindfulness — Where Does the Difference Lie

The syntax of the treasury of retention is almost the same as that of the treasury of mindfulness, both of them the layered pushing of ‘one ... and on to unspeakably unspeakable’. That being so, ask first: what is the difference between mindfulness and retention?

Look at the scripture's own choice of words. The treasury of mindfulness opens: “he relinquishes folly and confusion and attains mindfulness complete in full; he recalls one life past and two lives” — the direction of mindfulness is toward the past, and what is recalled is what has been passed through. The treasury of retention opens: “This bodhisattva retains the sūtras spoken by all the buddhas, and of the phrases therein and their meaning he loses nothing” — what retention is set upon is the dharma received, the stress falling on “of the phrases therein and their meaning he loses nothing.” Mindfulness is remembering what was undergone; retention is holding fast the dharma received so that it does not go awry.

Look next at the difference between the two lists, and it becomes clearer still. The treasury of mindfulness has “recalls one buddha coming forth into the world and declaring predictions” and “recalls one buddha coming forth into the world and declaring sūtras,” stressing the occurrence of that teaching; the treasury of retention reads “retains the prediction of one buddha” and “retains one sūtra,” dropping the words “coming forth into the world and declaring,” so that what is held is directly the dharma itself. The treasury of mindfulness has the two items “the various natures of one faculty” and “the measureless various natures of one faculty,” while the treasury of retention has only “retains the measureless various natures of one faculty,” but has in addition an item the treasury of mindfulness does not have, “retains one number of kalpas.” The two tables are not a repetition; each has its own charge.

The concluding words of the treasury of retention differ from those of all the other treasuries, and are the weightiest passage of praise in the chapter: “This treasury of retention is boundless and hard to fill, hard to reach the bottom of, hard to draw near to; none is able to subdue it; it is measureless and inexhaustible, possessed of great majestic power; it is the realm of a buddha, and only a buddha is able to know it fully.” — after seven clauses of ‘hard’ and ‘none / without’, it comes to rest on “it is the realm of a buddha, and only a buddha is able to know it fully.” First a question: is this not raising the treasury of retention too high? Clear away one misreading: the scripture says “only a buddha is able to know it fully,” and what is fully known is the extent of this treasury, not that a bodhisattva cannot retain it. The bodhisattva retains as before; it is only how far his retaining goes and how much remains unretained that a buddha alone knows. Brought down to oneself: this sentence is a measure given to one who holds the Dharma — what you hold is always less than you suppose. The closing sentence: “This is called: the ninth treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of retention.”

The Tenth, the Treasury of Eloquence (1): The Number of the Kalpas May Be Exhausted, the Meaning Is Hard to Exhaust

The treasury of eloquence is the last of the ten treasuries, and also the one that gathers up the other nine.

Its opening words first set up what it depends upon: “This bodhisattva has deep wisdom and understands the character of reality; he expounds the dharmas widely for beings and does not go against the scriptures of any of the buddhas.” Four things: having deep wisdom (the capacity), understanding the character of reality (what it depends on), expounding widely for beings (the sake for which), not going against the scriptures of the buddhas (what it keeps to). First a question: what is the first condition of eloquence? Not fluency of speech, but “understanding the character of reality” and ‘not going against the scriptures’. These two clauses, one before and one after, hold eloquence between them — realization within, accord with the teaching of the scriptures without; only the ability to speak that stands between the two is called eloquence.

Then comes the layered pushing again: he expounds one chapter of dharma and on to unspeakably unspeakable chapters of dharma; he expounds the names of buddhas, worlds, predictions, sūtras, assemblies, the setting forth of one dharma, the measureless various natures of a faculty, the measureless various natures of an affliction, the measureless various natures of a samādhi. And then time too is pushed open: “Or he expounds for one day, or expounds for half a month or for a month, or expounds for a hundred years, a thousand years, a hundred thousand years, or expounds for one kalpa, a hundred kalpas, a thousand kalpas, a hundred thousand kalpas, or expounds for a hundred thousand koṭis of nayutas of kalpas, or expounds for kalpas beyond number and measureless and on to unspeakably unspeakable kalpas.”

Pushed this far, the scripture turns all at once, and this is the finest sentence in the chapter: “The number of the kalpas may be exhausted, but the meaning of one letter and one phrase is hard to exhaust.”

First a question: after taking such pains to push time out to unspeakably unspeakable kalpas, why overturn it in a single sentence? Because this contrast is exactly what is to be established — however long the time of speaking is pushed, it is still a ‘number’, and a number has an end; whereas the meaning within one letter and one phrase is not a number, and so has no end. The most direct evidence in the chapter for the two words ‘inexhaustible’ is in this one sentence. Clear away one misreading: this is not saying that the meaning of the Dharma is too much to be finished in the telling; it is saying that meaning does not lie on the scale of ‘how much’ at all, and therefore cannot be measured by time.

The scripture asks the reason itself: “Why is this? Because this bodhisattva has accomplished the ten kinds of inexhaustible treasury.” — eloquence is inexhaustible because the nine treasuries before it, together with itself, have all been accomplished. The treasury of eloquence is the fruit of the ten treasuries, not a tenth item set alongside the others.

The Tenth, the Treasury of Eloquence (2): Dhāraṇī, the Broad and Long Tongue, and the Boundless Body

After this treasury is accomplished: “he attains the gate of dhāraṇī that gathers in all dharmas present before him, with a million asaṃkhyeyas of dhāraṇīs as its retinue” — first he gains a gate of total retention, and this gate brings with it a million asaṃkhyeyas of dhāraṇīs as its retinue. And having gained it, what does he do? “With the light of the Dharma he expounds the Dharma widely for beings.”

The marks of his teaching the Dharma: “With a broad and long tongue he sends forth a subtle and wondrous sound that fills all the worlds of the ten directions; according to the faculties of beings he causes them all to be satisfied, their minds to gain joy, and all the bonds and stains of the afflictions to be extinguished.” — note the sequence here: filling the ten directions is extent, according with their faculties is fitness to the hearer, and causing satisfaction, joy, and the extinguishing of afflictions is benefit. Pervasion and responsiveness run together: however widely one speaks, if it does not accord with their faculties it does not amount to benefit.

Then: “He is well able to enter deeply into all sounds, speech, letters, and eloquence, causing the buddha-seed of all beings not to be cut off and their pure minds to continue unbroken; and with the light of the Dharma too he expounds the Dharma without end, and does not give rise to weariness.” — the fruit of eloquence is not the praise of the audience; it is “causing the buddha-seed of all beings not to be cut off and their pure minds to continue unbroken.”

The second “why is this” is the floor of this passage: “Because this bodhisattva has accomplished the boundless body that exhausts space and pervades the Dharma realm.” First a question: for teaching the Dharma without end, why is the reason “the boundless body”? Because teaching requires that the one who speaks be present; if the body has bounds, then there are places the teaching does not reach. The body pervades the Dharma realm, and only then does the teaching pervade the Dharma realm. Brought down to oneself: what this sentence recalls to us is that where one who expounds the Dharma reaches in his speaking is in fact how far he himself has been able to go.

The seven clauses of concluding praise: “This treasury is without end, without segment, without interval, without break, without alteration, without partition and obstruction, and without turning back; it is profound and without bottom, hard to enter into, and universally enters the gate of all the Buddha's dharmas.” — the last clause is the general gate of the ten treasuries: the treasury of eloquence “universally enters the gate of all the Buddha's dharmas.” From the first treasury's “believes that all dharmas are empty” to this “universally enters the gate of all the Buddha's dharmas,” an opening and a closing. The closing sentence: “This is the tenth treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva, the treasury of eloquence.”

The Concluding Praise: The Ten Inexhaustible Dharmas Are the Ten Reasons Why the Ten Treasuries Are Inexhaustible

The ten treasuries having been spoken, the scripture does not stop there but sets up another passage: “Son of the Buddha! These ten kinds of inexhaustible treasury have ten kinds of inexhaustible dharma, which are able to cause the bodhisattvas ultimately to accomplish unsurpassed awakening.”

First a question: are these ten inexhaustible dharmas an eleventh treasury? They are not. One knows it by the syntax — all ten clauses end with ‘because’. ‘Because’ states a reason, not an item. These ten clauses are the ten reasons why the ten treasuries can be inexhaustible, not another ten things to be cultivated.

One by one: one, because they benefit all beings — what they are set against is all beings, and since beings are inexhaustible the treasuries are inexhaustible. Its being placed first shows that the first root of inexhaustibility is the scope of benefiting others. Two, because they dedicate and direct well by the original vow — the time when the original vow was made was already without limit, and when it is well dedicated and directed, what is done does not fall back upon oneself. Three, because in all kalpas they are not cut off — no interruption in time. Four, because to the exhausting of the realm of space they awaken beings and their minds have no limit — in space to the exhausting of the realm of space, and the mind able to awaken them without limit. These with the three before them make four sides all boundless: persons, vow, time, and space. Five, because they dedicate and direct toward the conditioned and yet do not cling — this is the most important: dedication must fall upon conditioned dharmas (upon concrete matters and concrete people), and yet without clinging to that conditioned thing. Not dedicated toward the conditioned, merit has nowhere to land; clinging to the conditioned, merit has an end. Six, because within the realm of a single thought all dharmas are inexhaustible — the realm within a single thought already contains all dharmas, so one need not wait for measureless thoughts to become inexhaustible; this present thought is already inexhaustible. Seven, because the mind of the great vow does not alter — the vow does not change, and so is not interrupted. Eight, because they are well able to gather in the dhāraṇīs — what is received and held is gathered in by total retention, and so is not let slip. Nine, because they are borne in mind and protected by all the buddhas — one is not holding out alone. Ten, because they understand clearly that all dharmas are like an illusion — if dharmas were truly existent, using a portion would leave that much less; it is precisely because they are like an illusion that the use of them is not used up.

The first clause and the tenth are to be looked at together: it begins at “they benefit all beings” and ends at “they understand clearly that all dharmas are like an illusion.” The one end is the most concrete matter — going and benefiting concrete beings; the other end is the emptiest of views — that all is like an illusion. Take away the former, and being like an illusion becomes an excuse for doing nothing; take away the latter, and the benefiting of beings will be carried on until it runs dry. That the ten inexhaustible dharmas can stand at all lies in these two ends, the one concrete and the one empty.

The closing sentence: “These are the ten kinds of inexhaustible dharma, which are able to cause all that is done in all the world to attain the ultimate great inexhaustible treasury.” — note the words “all that is done in all the world.” What is accomplished is not some other great treasury outside the world; it is that all that is done in the world is turned into an inexhaustible great treasury. Only here does the “inexhaustible treasury” of the chapter title truly come down to the ground.

Lineage

Of the meaning of this chapter, what the ancient masters have carried on runs in four tracks, all recorded without adjudication.

The line of Chengguan: he establishes the place of this chapter by the five senses of the reason for its coming, of which the first two, verbatim, may be adduced — “first, in order to answer the question about the ten treasuries at the beginning of the earlier second assembly; second, earlier what was set forth was the correct station, and now practice is raised in dependence on the station.” The former sense attaches this chapter to the question about the ten treasuries at the opening of the second assembly, an attachment of question and answer across assemblies; the latter attaches this chapter to the station of the preceding chapter, The Ten Practices, an attachment of raising practice in dependence on the station. His proper explanation of the text then follows the scripture's own three parts of the general indication, the several glosses of the ten treasuries, and the concluding praise; and within the several glosses each treasury is again divided into the four branches of indication, question, gloss, and conclusion — and these four branches accord entirely with the form of the ten treasuries in the scripture: each treasury is indicated by “Son of the Buddha,” questioned by ‘what is the such-and-such treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva’, glossed by the text of that treasury, and concluded by ‘this is called / this is the such-and-such treasury of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva’ (the treasury of faith alone has no ordinal in its concluding clause, reading “this is called: the treasury of faith of a bodhisattva-mahāsattva”). The commentary sets up no outline differing from the scripture's own, and this is what marks Chengguan's gloss upon this chapter. Of the remaining three senses and of the explanation of the name and of the tenet and aim, what is recorded verbatim in the apparatus is an excerpt only; they are not recorded.

The line of Fazang: what he glosses is the sixty-fascicle text's “The Bodhisattva's Ten Inexhaustible Treasuries, Chapter Eighteen.” His weightiest determination upon this chapter lies in the structure of the chapter's name — “the person is indicated and the dharma is distinguished, and so it says ‘the ten treasuries of the bodhisattva’; it is not a title in which person and dharma are joined — that is to say, these ten kinds are the dharmas practiced by the bodhisattvas.” What he thereby sets aside is the reading that takes ‘the bodhisattva's ten treasuries’ as ‘bodhisattva’ and ‘ten treasuries’ named side by side as two things; Fazang judges it a title taken from its lord, the ten treasuries being what the bodhisattva practices, not another dharma standing alongside the bodhisattva.

The line of Zhiyan: in the Kongmu zhang he sets up a chapter on establishing the treasuries of the teaching of the One Vehicle, the three vehicles, and the lesser vehicle within the chapter of the Ten Treasuries, listing first the three treasuries and the two treasuries of the lesser vehicle and the five kinds of treasury of the three vehicles, and bringing out last the ten treasuries of this chapter, which he judges to be the treasury of the doctrine of the One Vehicle; and he sets up his own question and answer to distinguish why the ten treasuries and the three treasuries may be set against each other — his answer being that the three vehicles and the lesser vehicle speak according to the modes of concrete matters, and that there the teaching is not the meaning, whereas the One Vehicle takes the teaching as teaching and takes the meaning also as teaching. This chapter of his does not lemmatize the scripture clause by clause; it takes the names of the ten treasuries in order to establish the modes of the teaching, and its use is different from that of the commentators who gloss the meaning following the text. That the eighth in the list of that chapter reads “the treasury of right mindfulness,” differing by one graph from the base text's “treasury of mindfulness,” is recorded without adjudication.

The line of Li Tongxuan: he makes no distinction as to the structure of the name, nor does he open several senses, but says only “because these ten kinds of treasury are named in accordance with the dharma, it can be known” — the names of the ten treasuries are each set up according to the dharma upon which each depends, and one knows them by the name. The determination he leaves upon this chapter lies not upon the chapter but upon the assembly: “The part of the preface. The two chapters below are the part of the proper exposition. Within the two chapters, down to the shaking of the earth and the raising of offerings, is the part of the circulation. The Dharma-gate of the ten dedications spoken in the palace of the Tuṣita heaven — within this station there are three chapters of scripture, which together complete this station.” This determination is attached to the three parts of the fourth assembly, and it also reaches to the three chapters of the one assembly in the palace of the Tuṣita heaven completing a single station. To read this chapter by the structure of the assembly is a different track from glossing the meaning chapter by chapter following the text; the ancients had this account, and it is recorded.

The differences among the three masters gather at two places: the explanation of the name — Fazang distinguishes the structure and judges it a title taken from its lord, Li Tongxuan makes no distinction of structure but says “it can be known,” and what may be adduced of Chengguan is the five senses of the reason for its coming and not an explanation of the name; and the object of what is judged — Chengguan attaches this chapter to the question of the earlier assembly and to the station of the preceding chapter, Fazang attaches it to the doctrinal structure of the chapter's name, and Li Tongxuan passes over this chapter and judges the three parts of preface, proper exposition, and circulation of a whole assembly. The three masters run side by side; all are settled accounts of the ancient masters, and they are recorded without adjudicating which is higher.

Besides this there are two matters to be recorded together. First, the ten inexhaustible treasuries of this chapter and the ten inexhaustible treasuries of the chapter Clarifying the Dharma share a name but differ in their items: the tenth of the sets of ten dharmas in the chapter Clarifying the Dharma is likewise called “the ten inexhaustible treasuries,” and its ten items are universally seeing the buddhas, total retention without forgetting, resolving all dharmas, the great compassion that rescues and protects, samādhis of every kind, the vast merit that fulfills the minds of beings, the profound wisdom that sets forth all dharmas, the supernormal powers gained as retribution, dwelling for measureless kalpas, and entering boundless worlds — wholly different, item by item, from this chapter's ten of faith, precepts, shame, abashment, learning, giving, wisdom, mindfulness, retention, and eloquence, only the three graphs meaning ‘inexhaustible treasury’ being the same. The two chapters share a name and differ in their items; this is recorded as the facts stand, without adjudicating which of them is the proper one. Second, this chapter has no separately circulating treatise that lemmatizes and glosses it clause by clause: in the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang, the Shixuan men, and the Huayan jing zhigui, these three books, the two terms meaning ‘the ten treasuries’ and ‘inexhaustible treasury’ yield zero hits, and the absence is recorded as the facts stand; the Pusa yingluo benye jing in one place names side by side “the ten grounds and the ten knowledges, the ten practices and the ten castings, the ten treasuries and the ten vows, the ten illuminations and the ten concentrations, the ten manifestations and the ten seals,” which is a sentence of general praise naming ten categories side by side and not a gloss of the meaning, and it is recorded.

品二十三 昇兜率天宮品Ascent to the Palace of the Tuṣita Heaven

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

一部經第三次搬家,而搬的方式一次比一次難懂

這一品世尊沒有親口說一句法。整品的長行都是經家的敘述,唯一的直接語有三處:兜率宮諸天同時興起的一個念頭、天王請佛住殿的那幾句話、以及天王最後所說的十首偈。佛從頭到尾只做兩件事——來,然後坐下。

那麼這一品在做什麼?澄觀的答案很清楚:它是「由致」,不是「正宗」。他判這一會有三品經,前兩品是把事情引起來的那一段,第三品〈十迴向品〉才是正說;而前兩品之中,本品在前,講的是「化主赴機」,下一品講的是「助化讚佛」。所以讀這一品若不先看見它是在立場,就會覺得它只是一串鋪張到令人喘不過氣的華麗描寫。

它不是描寫,它是在回答一個問題:說十迴向的那個場,憑什麼立得起來。

而這一次的答案,比前兩次都要重。上一會的座嚴用「百萬」,這一會用「百萬億」,而且一口氣用了三百零二次。多出來的那些,正是這一品要人看見的東西。

為什麼是兜率天:澄觀給了六個理由

品名裡的「兜率」,李通玄譯作「樂知足天」。這個「知足」二字,就是澄觀立說的樞紐。

澄觀先說品名之義:兜率是處所,佛以法界之身不起而應,所以叫作「升」。然後他問了一句:為什麼偏偏在這一重天說?他自己給了六個答案,《演義鈔》把它們一條一條數出來——第一,前面十行在夜摩,今說迴向要超過前位,所以居於兜率之上,這是就次第說;第二,取這一天「知足」之名;第三,就這一天的天主而說;第四,再就知足而釋,前面是就自利之足說,這裡是就利他之足說;第五,就中道說;第六,就均平說。

其中第四條最值得慢讀。澄觀打了一個世間的比方:一個人積功累勳,自己看自己的階位總覺得還不夠;等到他把勳勞迴授給兒子,這才發現原來自己有餘。菩薩也是這樣——勤苦積行的時候從來不覺得夠,一旦迴向給眾生,才知道自足。

要排掉的誤讀是:以為「知足」是少欲、是不再進取。不是。這裡的知足是迴向的果——不迴向,永遠不知足;迴向了,才知道有餘可迴。所以說迴向法要在知足天說,不是取一個吉利的地名,是取一個義理上的必然。

第五、第六兩條也要點出來。欲界六天,兜率居其中——上二天放逸,下三天粗重,唯此居中,所以表悲智均平。澄觀還引了一段:生此天要修施、戒、定三福,其餘諸天或不具三、或偏多不均,唯此天三福均平。所以「中」不是位置的中間,是不偏的意思。

段一 本會齊現:先說前面幾場都還沒散

開頭一句話:因為佛的神力的緣故,十方一切世界裡,每一個四天下的閻浮提之中,都見到如來坐在菩提樹下,各有菩薩承著佛的神力而演說法義。

澄觀判這一段叫「本會齊現」,並把首句拆開:「神力」是遍的因,「十方」以下是遍的相。他還特別註明一句:這個神力未必是起了神境通,只是修成的心自在力。

這裡有一個容易滑過去的地方。前一會〈昇夜摩天宮品〉的同型句,舉的是南閻浮提與須彌頂上兩處;這一會照理應該舉「樹下及須彌頂、夜摩天宮」三處,可是經文只說了「坐於樹下」。澄觀解釋說:文無者略——因為下一段講不離而升時已經把三處全舉出來了,前面就只作影顯,反過來顯示前面四會都是圓遍的。

所以這一句不是在誇佛神通廣大,是在申明一件事:第一會到第四會都還在,並沒有散場。法藏說得更直白:前面覺樹、普光、忉利、夜摩諸會並皆未散,升此所說與那些同時,所以是橫遍十方、豎通諸會,同時前後而無障礙。

若把前會散掉才開後會,那就成了一場一場輪流講的說法,不是華嚴的法界無礙會。

段二 不離而升:所不離的,這一次是三處

那時,世尊又以神力,並沒有離開這菩提樹下以及須彌山頂、夜摩天宮,卻已前往兜率陀天那一切妙寶所莊嚴的大殿。

這一句是本品的樞紐,也是全經一路積上來的形。第三會升須彌,所不離的是樹下一處;第四會升夜摩,所不離的是樹下與須彌兩處;這一會升兜率,所不離的是樹下、須彌、夜摩三處。往後升他化天說十地,只會再多一處。

澄觀在這裡下了兩句判語:前面十方一切處的四會都儼然不散,而升此而說,意在表明橫遍十方、豎該九會,佛的法界身遍於一切時處。

要排掉的誤解是:這不是佛分了身。若說一個佛留在樹下、一個佛在須彌、一個佛在夜摩、又一個佛來了兜率,那就成了四個佛。經文說的是不離而往——同一個佛,在此不減,在彼不增。所謂「不起而應」,起的是應,不是身。

落到讀者身上:所謂『佛來了』,從來不是佛從遠處走到近處。是這一處有了感,就在這一處見。而前面幾處的感沒有停,所以前面幾處的佛也沒有走。

段三之一 天王遙見佛來:先備處,後請人

那時,兜率天王遠遠望見佛前來,隨即在殿上敷設一個摩尼藏師子之座。

要先問一句:剛才才說佛不離不動,這裡怎麼會有「遙見」?

答案在能見的那一邊。佛體無去無來,見卻有遠有近。天王在殿上望見的那個「來」,是他自己的感所現的相。法藏把這一層說成本品的宗:天王以稱合法界的器殿為能感,如來以遍法界的身雲為能應,感與應相契而無所動,無動而寂然之中卻繁興萬象——這叫緣起具德。

所以天王見佛之後做的第一件事不是迎接,是敷座。他要把這個能見佛的處所,先備成一個可以住佛的處所。整品的次第由此定下:先備處,後請人;備到最後才開口。

座名叫「摩尼藏師子之座」。澄觀逐字拆過:無盡的大願隨意出生,悲與智必定俱行而生死無染,所以叫「摩尼藏」;把行展開而彌布,所以下了一個「敷」字。

段三之二 座之十德:一個總句,十種圓滿

接著經文用十一句話說這個座是什麼。澄觀判:第一句是總,其餘十句是別,別的部分是「十種圓滿勝相」。

十句怎麼配?他說:第一句是自體相,因為以寶而成;接下來六句是因相——深遠相、勝妙相、廣大相、同體相、具德相、堅固相;最後三句總顯殊特,是座的德用——一是端嚴,二是離染,三是無極。

對著經文看就很清楚了。「天諸妙寶之所集成」是自體;「過去修行善根所得」是深遠——因在過去;「一切如來神力所現」是勝妙;「無量百千億那由他阿僧祇善根所生」是廣大;「一切如來淨法所起」是同體;「無邊福力之所嚴瑩」是堅固;然後「觀者欣樂,無所厭足」是端嚴,「是出世法,非世所染」是離染,「一切眾生咸來觀察,無有能得究其妙好」是無極。

這裡要指出一件事:法藏疏的是六十本,他在同一段判出的是「十三種圓滿相」,逐一列名為自相、因相、不壞相、勝相、真淨相、共相、具德相、離惡相、微妙相、出世相、無染相、同相、無盡相。二本的經文本身句數有出入——六十本多出「一切眾生所共莊嚴」「一切世間因緣所起」等句——所以二家所數不同。並錄,不判。

要排掉的誤讀是:把這十句讀成十句讚美。它們不是誇這個座好看,是在說這個座是怎麼來的、憑什麼在、以及為什麼看不盡。座是十迴向之法的形象;法從哪裡來,座就從哪裡來。

段三之三 三百零二種「百萬億」:一個可以數的數字

從「有百萬億層級」起,經文進入本品最密、也最容易被跳過的一段。

澄觀在這裡給了一個很少見的數字:這一段別明體用,通共有三百二種「百萬億」。他又把這三百零二種分作三大段——先廣座之自體,次從「有百萬億初發心」以下廣前面所說的殊特,三從「百萬億善根」以下廣前面所說的因相;並說前一段多明器世間的莊嚴,後兩段顯眾生世間的莊嚴,而全都是智正覺世間之力。

然後他解釋為什麼是「百萬億」:位增十行之百萬故。

這一句要回頭看才懂。上一會說十行,量詞一律用「百萬」;這一會說十迴向,一律用「百萬億」。數目本身不是要人去算,是要人看見「增」——位次高一階,所感之嚴就厚一層。

而這個數字是可以核對的。底本本品「百萬億」三字,全品實計正是三百零二見,與澄觀所說的「三百二種」相合。逐段也對得上:座體嚴十句、樓閣十句、帳嚴十句、因陀羅金剛寶以下十七句、瓔珞十二句、香嚴十六句、雨雲二十句、座外四面四十八句、樂音十句、法音二十句;得益三十九句;供養五分共六十九句;因相十句。這些數,經文一一數得出來。唯有嚴座身那一段,澄觀判作十二句而經文實計為十一——這一處他自己就先說了有疑:頻婆帳照類例應當放在寶華之前,也可以判成十二句辨帳、九句嚴座身。他既自誌其疑,這裡也就誌錄,不判。

排掉一個誤讀:這不是誇飾。誇飾是把一說成十;這裡是把位次寫成數字,而且是一個經得起數的數字。

段三之四 座嚴的十分:從腳下數到聲音

澄觀把「廣自體」這一大段長分為十:前九是色相嚴,後一是音聲嚴。他還加了一句總的讀法:其一一嚴事皆即法門,可以意得。

第一分是座體嚴十句:先說層級,這是座本身的層層而上;其後九句是覆座之嚴——金網、四種帳、三種蓋、寶衣。澄觀說,雖然蓋是四面行列、由諸天執持,也仍算覆座。

第二分從「樓閣」起十句,是在殿內建立樓閣繞座而嚴,初句是總,下九句別顯嚴閣。

第三分從「寶鈴帳」起十句辨帳嚴。這裡澄觀補了一句很要緊的話:帳也是繞座的,前面已經辨過覆座;如果要重複地辨,那就是帳上建樓、樓上覆帳,重重無盡。——一句話把座嚴從裝飾提到了華嚴的重重無盡義。

第四分從「妙寶華」起辨嚴座身,就是前面說過有疑的那一段。第五分從「因陀羅金剛寶」起十七句,都是以妙寶為門、為窗、為覆,也嚴座體,以莊嚴其藏;澄觀說,因為是蓮華藏,所以標中的表法與前面不同——十住、十行不說蓮華,就道理說本來應該有。第六分從「真珠瓔珞」起十二句,是瓔珞周垂之嚴;他順帶指出「其摩尼身」以下二句文似有缺略,因為因陀羅妙色寶之下沒有所結屬,又不屬於下面的香類,不能單獨作一段。

第七分從「黑栴檀」起十六句,以香為嚴。第八分從「雨百萬」起二十句,是雨雲為嚴。第九分從「建百萬」起四十八句,是座外四面之嚴;這一分澄觀又細分為四:初二十句是雜雜莊嚴羅列座側,二從「光明寶」起九句是光明嚴,三從「天寶衣」起九句是寶衣敷布嚴,四從「天鈴幢」起十句是寶幢行列嚴。

第十分是音聲嚴:先十句樂音嚴,後二十句法音嚴;法音嚴之中,前十一句讚歎三寶,後九句說法益物。

這十分讀完,可以看出一個次第:從腳下的層級起,到上方的帳蓋,到四周的寶與香,到空中的雨雲,到座外的行列,最後落在聲音上。器物到了盡頭,剩下的就只有音。而音的最後二十句,說的全是法。

段三之五 三個譯語與兩件小事

這一大段裡有幾個音寫的詞,澄觀都出了訓解,順帶記在這裡。

「頻婆帳」的頻婆,此云身影質——帳的莊嚴具之中能現出外物之影,所以叫身影質。「阿樓那香」的阿樓那,此云紅赤色,是以色立名。「寶悉底迦」具足要說是塞縛悉底迦,此云有樂,若見到這個相必獲安樂,形狀如萬字。「天牟陀羅」的牟陀羅,此云鋒鼓,天樂初奏的時候先擊這面鼓。

還有兩件小事值得記。其一,「百萬億寶樓閣,延袤綺飾」一句,澄觀引靜法的意見說:梵語蒲莫迦此云帳輿,若是樓閣應當說微麼囊,既然不是,恐怕是譯錯了。澄觀自己的態度很有分寸——他說或許應當如此,因為前文已經有樓閣了;但如果是重複地辨,也沒有大失。舉異說而不強斷,這是本品疏文一貫的作法。其二,光明寶那九句下面說「網覆」,澄觀解釋道:就像世間的燈以網罩著,為的是護住夜裡的飛蟲,因而光成隱映。一句家常的比方,解掉了『光明何以要被網覆』的疑。

段三之六 廣前殊特:見座而得益的三十九句

第二大段從「有百萬億初發心菩薩」起。澄觀說,前文只略略說了「見者無厭」,已經略明得益之相,這裡把它廣開來說——這就是座的德用;而恭敬供養,又進一步顯示它為嚴。

得益的部分有三十九句,他曲分為四:初十句是約位辨益、其次從「得自在」起十二句是雜辨得益、三從「得檀」起十句是約行辨益、四從「入一切佛剎」起七句是約大用辨益。

初十句最好認,就是十住之名——初發心、治地、修行、生貴、方便具足、正心住、不退、童真、法王子、灌頂,一位一句。約行的十句則是六度加上大願、智慧燈、法光所照、演離癡法。

值得停下來的是澄觀對後三段的處理。他說後三段都通於諸位;或者也可以說,第二段明迴向、第三段明十行、第四段明十地。也就是說,這三十九句裡藏著一個豎的位次。《演義鈔》把這個配法的理由說得更細:因為初段約位是十住,第三段的十度全同十行,所以把第二段配迴向、第四段配十地,這樣豎位就具足了;只是第二段與第三段前後倒置,第二與第四也不甚顯,所以才要這樣配。

要排掉的誤讀是:以為這三十九句在講菩薩有多厲害。它們講的是一件事——看見這個座,會得到什麼。座是法門的形象,見座得益,就是遇法得益。

段三之七 供養五分:誰在供,供什麼

從「百萬億諸天王,恭敬禮拜」起,是供養的部分。澄觀分為五。

第一,十七句雜明八部、人天、菩薩三業設敬,其中所作各隨其類所宜。這一點值得對著經文看:龍王是諦觀無厭,夜叉王是頂上合掌,阿脩羅王是斷憍慢意,迦樓羅王是口銜繒帶——各類眾生的敬,各有各的樣子,經文沒有把他們寫成一律。

第二,從「天女專心」起二十六句,唯明諸天三業敬養。澄觀在這裡順帶做了一件事:他指出開頭三句是欲界天到色究竟天,後面又說「種種天」的,或者通於無色界,或者是總收上面諸類;「善思惟天」也通於諸類。

第三,從「菩薩天」起十二句,明菩薩的事供養——華手、香手、鬘手一直到莊嚴手,各以其手所主之物而雨之。第四,從「諸天子從天宮出」起四句,是諸天的身供養——連宮殿一起來,以身持座,舉身持座。第五,從「思惟菩薩」起十句,是菩薩的修法供養,也兼明得益。

這裡有一個問題澄觀自己提了出來:為什麼菩薩那邊多說得益、諸天這邊只說供養?他的答覆是兩句:諸天的供養正是得益之因;而諸天得益,也就是菩薩。

段三之八 為什麼這一會的莊嚴特別多

讀到這裡,任何人都會問一句:為什麼偏偏這一會的嚴事這樣多?

澄觀給了兩個理由:一是這一天多以一生補處為天王,二是賢位到此已極、大悲普周。他還把三會排開來比:十住那一會沒有菩薩之嚴,表示凡夫方入位;夜摩那一會就有了,因為已經入位,然而還不廣;到這一會才廣。

李通玄把同一個觀察寫成了一段問答,而且問得更細——他問:十住只有諸天眾來迎世尊,十行的徒眾就有諸天及菩薩眾,這一會為什麼八部王眾、大眾廣博、莊嚴色類這樣多?而十地那一會反倒不敘天王及眾來迎入殿莊嚴高座等事,何以位次高昇反而不陳廣供?

他自己的答覆是:十住有天而無菩薩來迎如來,所施的供養是為十住位,只表明初生佛智慧家,還沒有先見道的人,所以但列諸天而未有菩薩。順此推下去,十行已有見道入位,所以有菩薩眾來迎;到這一會,因為迴向之門會融真俗、大悲處世,所以諸天、菩薩、八部之類最為齊備。

兩家的著眼點不同——澄觀就位次之極說,通玄就迴向之義說——而所答同軌。並錄。

至於這一大堆莊嚴到底是誰的力量,澄觀最後收了一句:這些勝相都是如來海印所現的法界差別自在實德,是人法無礙、依正混融的嚴事。這一句要記住:座嚴不是天王的私能,天王是能感的一邊,所現的則是佛的海印。

段三之九 廣前因相與結通:十句說座的所由,一段說十方同然

第三大段是「百萬億善根所生」以下十句,廣前面所說的因相。澄觀只說「十句可知」,不另作解。這十句合起來說一件事:這個座從善根來、從諸佛護持來、從福德來、從殊勝心來、從大願來、從善行來、從善法來、從神力來、從功德來,並且是以讚歎之法而被讚歎的。

然後是結通。經文說:像這個世界的兜率天王為如來敷置高座那樣,一切世界的兜率天王也都這樣敷座、這樣莊嚴、這樣儀則、這樣信樂、這樣心淨、這樣欣樂、這樣喜悅、這樣尊重、這樣生希有想、這樣踊躍、這樣渴仰,全都同等。

這是本品第一次結通。它與後面兩次不同——後兩次用「悉亦如是」四字帶過,這一次卻把十一個「如是」逐一鋪開。要點在最後三字:悉皆同等。不是十方互相模仿,是同一佛力在十方同時起用,所以連心念的層次都一樣。

段四之一 迎佛興供:供是從身上出來的

那時,兜率天王敷置座位完畢,心中生起尊重,與十萬億阿僧祇兜率天子一同奉迎如來,以清淨心降下十種雲。

澄觀在這裡點出一句最值得記的話。經文說「諸天子眾各從其身出此諸雲時」——他說:都從身出,不只是顯示諸天的福力,也是表身即是供具,供從自心而生。

這一句可以解掉讀這一大段時最容易起的一個念頭:這麼多供養從哪裡來?答案是不從哪裡來。不是天上有一個倉庫,是心一動,供就現。所以下面那一長段『又於佛所起某某心』的句群,每一句都是先說心,後說供——起智慧境界心就燒香成雲,起歡喜心就雨天華雲,起尊重心就雨天蓋雲。心是因,供是果,一句一對,經文自己已經把因果並排寫好了。

澄觀把見佛興供的部分再分三:初十句是以衣盛供而散佛,表修寂滅以趣果;二從「百千億」起十句是起心雨供而嚴空,顯所修萬行稱於法性之空,空有無礙就是嚴空之義;三從「百千億那由他阿僧祇天子」起九句是雜申供養,表萬行雜修。他還補了一句:「調順寂靜無放逸心」應當分為二,那就有十句。

還有一件事要記。經文說諸天之所以能遙見佛如對目前,繫了三個「故」——如來威神力故、往昔善根之所流故、不可思議自在力故。澄觀判這三句為承力見佛之三:一現佛神力、二宿善力、三法門力。所以「見佛」這件事不是眼力的事,是三力和合的事。

段四之二 諸天同念:這是本品的第一句直接語

那時,兜率宮中一切諸天以及諸天女,都遠遠地見到佛,如同正對眼前,一同興起這樣的念頭——「如來出世難可值遇,我今得見具一切智於法無礙正等覺者。」

這是全品第一句直接引語,而且它不是說出來的,是心裡想的——經文用的字是「同興念言」。澄觀判此段為「慶遇奉迎」。

要注意「同興」二字。不是先有一位想到,別人跟著想;是同時起同一念。這與前面結通段的「悉皆同等」是同一個結構——同一佛力所加,所以所起之心無二。

而所念的內容只有兩層:一是難遇,二是今得見。這兩層合起來就是「慶遇」。整品那麼多莊嚴,落到眾生心裡的,其實只是這麼一句話。

段四之三 菩薩興供:一與多的四種可能

先住兜率宮的菩薩眾這一段,是本品義理最密的地方,也是華嚴宗義在嚴事上最直接的落處。

澄觀把菩薩的依報之供二十七句分為三:初十句是多因成多果之供,次八句是一因成一果之供,後九句是一因成多果之供。然後他問了一個很漂亮的問題:照理應該有四句,第四句「多因成一果」哪裡去了?

他的答覆是:多因成一果已經攝在初段裡了,因為多因能夠一一各自成就。接著他把這四句翻成華嚴的語言——初段就是一切中有一以及一切中有一切,次段就是一中一,後段就是一中一切。

這裡要慢讀。「一因一果」那八句,澄觀說「皆因果相似」,並且逐一配過:以波羅蜜所生的是寶蓋,因為蓋能障塵,就像度能除蔽;以清淨解所生的是華帳,帳能庇蔭如悲為佛境、華能開敷如覺解清淨;無生法忍所生的是衣,因為法忍和悅,可以用來嚴法身;入金剛法無礙心所生的是鈴網,因為演教之網則震金剛之妙音,觀教之網則不礙文而見理;解一切法如幻之心所生的是堅固香,因為香聞得到卻看不見、看得見卻攬不著,就像幻法見而不可取、取而不可得,知幻無堅反而成就堅法;周遍佛境如來座之心所生的是佛眾寶妙座,因為周遍法空正是佛智身所依之境,這就是座的意思;供佛不懈之心所生的是寶幢,因為摧懈慢之幢才能樹法勝之幢;解諸法如夢的歡喜心所生的是寶宮殿,因為諸法如夢正是佛所棲託之處。

八對讀完會發現一件事:所供之物與能供之心,不是『拿東西換功德』的關係,是同一件事的兩面。心是什麼樣,供就長成什麼樣。這就是「因果相似」。

至於後九句的「一因成多果」,澄觀說無著與無生本是一義——無生就理說,無著就智說,這兩者相契才成一因。所以那九種雲雖多,因只有一個。

再往後是身出正報之供:每一位菩薩身上各出不可說百千億那由他菩薩,充滿法界虛空界。澄觀分為十句:初二句明現身的德量——一一之量周遍法界、德齊於佛;次三句明勝辯之因;次四句顯勝辯所依;後一句正申辯讚。而所以能有這樣的辯,是從總持辯藏所流。他最後引了子夏《詩序》的一句話收尾:情動於中故形於言,言猶不足,敬之至也。——讚到說不出來,才是敬到極處。

段五之一 覩佛勝德:二十一種殊勝功德

從「爾時,一切諸天及諸菩薩眾,見於如來、應、正等覺——不可思議人中之雄」起,是本品篇幅最長、最難讀的一段。

澄觀先把難處說出來:這段經文次第具顯如來二十一種殊勝功德,因為文言浩汗,以致古來的解釋都迷失了。他自己的處理是分作三段——初總觀如來、次別觀德相、三結成觀解——並且說二十一德分成二十段,因為最後兩德合在一起。

「初總」就是「如來、應、正等覺」這三個號。澄觀說這是略舉三德以顯一雄:一是如來,二是應(即應供),三是正等覺(即正遍知),而這個「應」字也通屬下文,因為隨應而覺。

要排掉的誤讀是:以為這一大段是在堆砌讚辭。它是有骨架的——二十一德,一德一段,次第井然;只是句與句之間沒有標號,所以看起來像一條沒有分節的長河。讀的時候可以抓幾個轉折處:「其身無量」是別觀德相之始,「住於諸佛廣大之身」是第一德的收束,「智慧境界,不可窮盡」以下轉入第二德,如此類推。

而這一段裡有一句經文,是本品唯一直說唯心的地方——「恒以智慧,知諸世間如幻、如影、如夢、如化,一切皆以心為自性,如是而住」。前面菩薩興供那一段,澄觀所配的「解一切法如幻」「解諸法如夢」,正好在這裡由經文自己說了出來:那不是疏家添的義,是如來德相之一。

段五之二 光用與現嚴之意:佛為什麼要現這些

接著是見佛光用:毛孔出光、大眾咸見、出大妙音、現微妙莊嚴、現諸佛出興、現諸佛變化、現妙寶光焰。這一段的體例很特別——它不只說現了什麼,還一路說為什麼現,一連串「為……故」。

然後經文說:那時,如來的大悲普遍覆蓋,顯示一切智所有的莊嚴,要使不可說世界中的眾生,未信的令信,已信的令增長,已增長的令清淨,已清淨的令成熟,已成熟的令心調伏。

澄觀在這裡做了一件他自己也承認可以有別解的事:他用位次去讀這一串益。他說這段文含多勢,且依一判——先約行布:起初五句是十信,從初信到令心調伏,是信位圓滿;接下來七句都是十住之益;再三句是十行之益;再三句是十迴向之益;從「常見諸佛」以下則盡明十地,初四句都屬歡喜地,離惡清淨是第二地,依一切智見法不動是三四地,得入一切菩薩眾會是五六七地,常生佛家是八地以上。

然後他自己給了另一個讀法:若約圓融,起初五句就是信中攝位,句各一位;《演義鈔》把這五句配得明明白白——初信是信位、增長是住位、清淨是行位、成熟是向位、調伏是地位。從「觀甚深」以下則義通諸位,因為圓教之中位位攝德。

這是一個值得停下來的地方。同一段經文,行布地讀是一個次第,圓融地讀是句句攝位;澄觀兩讀並存而不取一廢一。讀華嚴的人若只會一種讀法,多半就會覺得另一種是錯的。

最後是『現嚴之因』十七句:世尊所現的這些莊嚴,都是過去先所積集的善根所成,然後一連十八個「故」(底本實計;澄觀科為十七句,「又現其身最殊妙故」一句有「又」字,與前句合為一)。澄觀判這十七句為明上弘佛道,初句為總、其餘是別,而前五句各攝二德、其餘各一。收尾一句最要緊:自在法王的一切功德,都從往昔善根所現;一切菩薩於一切劫稱揚讚說,也不可窮盡。

換句話說,這一整段的答案是:不是佛要顯耀,是往昔的因到今天結成了這個場。

段六 請佛處殿:三稱善來,五個名號

那時,兜率陀天王為如來嚴辦了這些供具之後,與百千億那由他阿僧祇兜率天子一同向佛合掌說:善來啊世尊,善來啊善逝,善來啊如來、應、正等覺,唯願您垂加哀愍,就住在這座宮殿裡吧。

這是本品第二句直接語,也是全品唯一一句對佛說出口的話。有幾件事值得點出來。

第一,次第仍然是嚴辦供具已而後請。從敷座到嚴殿到興供,一路備到這裡才開口。不是先請佛來再張羅。

第二,三稱「善來」而舉五個名號。《演義鈔》把五號數出來:一世尊、二善逝、三如來、四應供、五正遍知;並且說平常只略舉下面三個,這裡加上上面兩個,所以是五德。澄觀在疏裡另補一句:這些「善來」及下文之意,都如第三會所說——又是一個繫於前會而不重出的例子。

第三,所請的不是『來說法』,是「處此宮殿」。請的是住,不是講。法要有人請,這是華嚴一路的常法;而請的資格,就在前面那三百零二種莊嚴裡——他先把處所備成法器,才有資格開這個口。

六十本此處只有兩稱善來、兩個名號。並錄,不判。

段七 如來受請:十一個「故」,然後入殿

那時,世尊以佛的莊嚴而自作莊嚴,具足大威德,然後一連十一個「為……故」,才說「受天王請,入一切寶莊嚴殿」。

這個句法值得留意。佛受一個邀請,經文不直接說受,先說了十一個理由——為令眾生生大歡喜、為令菩薩發深悟解、為令天子增益欲樂、為令天王供養無厭、為令眾生緣念發心、為令眾生種見佛善根、為令常發清淨信、為令見佛供養無所求、為令志願清淨、為令勤集善根無懈息、為令發大誓願求一切智。

要排掉的誤讀是:以為佛受請是給天王面子。經文一個字也沒有這麼說。十一個理由沒有一個是為佛自己,也沒有一個是為天王的體面,全都是為眾生的益。所以「受請」在這裡是一個利他的行為,不是一個社交的行為。

接著是「如此世界,十方所有一切世界,悉亦如是」——本品第二次結通。受請這件事,在十方同時發生。

入殿之後,殿中自然而有妙好莊嚴,一切寶網彌覆,普雨七種雲,並出不可思議妓樂音聲讚揚如來的一切種智。澄觀在這裡只判一句:第二現嚴,顯是佛力故,出過諸天。——前面的嚴是天王備的,這裡的嚴是佛入了殿以後自然而有的。二者不同,不可混。

段八 天王獲益:這一次樂音沒有停

那時,兜率宮中,妓樂與歌讚熾然不息;以佛的神力,使兜率天王心中沒有動亂。

這是本品與前面兩會最見位次之別的一句,而澄觀主動把它提了出來。

他說:十住那一位次較劣,要攝散歸靜,所以樂音止息;這一位次超勝,得動之實性,所以動與寂無二,音樂熾然而心不動。

六十本此處正作「一切音樂寂然無聲,不復擾亂」。二本在這一句上恰好相反:八十本是熾然不息而心不亂,六十本是寂然無聲而後正念。並錄,不判;但澄觀所立的義是就八十本的文而說的。

這一句要慢讀。前一會〈昇夜摩天宮品〉的同型處,八十本略去了「樂音止息」而六十本有,澄觀那時判為譯人之意——因為十行這一會夾在中間,退可同前、進可齊後,所以兩邊都不說。到了這一會,八十本乾脆把話說到另一邊:不是把樂關掉才能定,是樂正響著而心已經不動。

這是一個位次的判準:初學要靜處才靜得下來,這叫攝散歸靜;到了迴向位,動本身就是實性,所以不必求靜。澄觀用了四個字——動寂無二。

天王由此得的益,經文列了八樣:往昔善根圓滿、善法堅固、增長淨信、起大精進、生大歡喜、淨深志樂、發菩提心、念法無斷總持不忘。澄觀分為二:初是得定之益,「往昔」以下是進善之益,而「佛神力」三字通貫二益。

段九 十偈:十位過去佛,一座殿

那時,兜率陀天王承著佛的威力,隨即自行憶念過去在諸佛之處所種下的善根,而說出十首偈。

先看格式。十偈的第一句各舉一佛之名,第二句十偈全同——「諸吉祥中最殊勝」,第三句只換殿名——『彼曾入此某某殿』,第四句十偈全同——「是故此處最吉祥」。十首偈只有兩處在變:佛名與殿名。

澄觀的判語很短:十頌,頌各一佛,佛名有異,略無別德,其餘同前會。這一句要與前一會對讀才知道分量。前一會的十偈,每一偈第一句是『別名·通號·別德』三段,澄觀還逐一以下三字之德解上二字之名;這一會的十偈第一句只有名,沒有別德——所以他說「略無別德」。

然後是這十佛的位置。澄觀說:這十佛就是前會的十佛;比前會那十佛更前的十佛,寄位漸深,憶念漸遠。法藏所說相同:這是歎前面夜摩十佛之前的十位如來,寄以顯示漸深漸遠,過於前會;而就道理說,實通於一切諸佛。

所以這十首偈真正在說的是一件事:這個地方吉祥,因為佛曾經來過——而且不只來過一次,是十位佛、更前的十位佛,一路往前推不到頭。天王所憶念的「過去佛所所種善根」,也就是他自己與這個處所的宿緣。

要排掉的誤讀是:以為這是在誇殿。殿本身沒有吉祥可言;殿之所以吉祥,是因為曾經有佛入。而佛之所以肯入,是因為這裡備好了。首尾扣在一起。

十偈說完,經文結通:像這個世界的兜率天王承佛神力以頌讚歎過去諸佛那樣,十方一切諸世界之中的兜率天王,也都是這樣讚歎佛的功德。這是本品第三次結通。

段十 如來就坐:整品的動作到這裡才落地

那時,世尊在一切寶莊嚴殿的摩尼寶藏師子座上結跏趺坐。

澄觀把最後這一段分作四別:一明就座,二從「法身」以下顯德——他說這也大同前面的二十一德,因為怕文煩就不具釋了,三從「不可說」以下明眾集,就是眷屬圓滿,四從「坐此座」以下是現嚴,先此界後結通。

眾集那一句他特別註了一筆:後一品的眾集有所表,所以只說一萬;就實理說是遍集的,所以這裡只說「不可說眾」,未必只是後品的那些人。

最後是一件公案。有人主張這一段升座應當移到入殿之後、歎處之前,說經文的次序倒了。澄觀不同意,他的答覆只有一句:先請入殿,讚是為了請坐,於理有什麼違背?《演義鈔》把兩邊的意思都說明白了:對方的意思是入殿就該坐、坐完才歎,所以要迴文;澄觀的意思是入殿之後接著歎處請坐,然後才受請,於理何失。

誌錄,不判。但這件事本身值得記:一部經的段落次第,古德也會有異見,而異見的解決靠的是「於理何違」四個字,不是靠改經。

而末句仍是「十方一切兜率陀天,悉亦如是」——與前面兩次結通首尾相應。整品從「不離」起,到「悉亦如是」止;佛一句法也沒說,場已經立完了。

承衍

  • 與前二會之繫:本品所不離者三處,其中須彌頂即〈昇須彌山頂品〉之處,夜摩天宮即〈昇夜摩天宮品〉之處。澄觀於本品多科繫「餘義具如第三會初」「皆如第三會說」而不重出;量詞亦以前會為比——「位增十行之百萬故」。三品同型異位:彼處在須彌、在夜摩,此處在兜率;彼用『十千』『百萬』,此用「百萬億」;彼所不離者一處、二處,此所不離者三處。往後升他化天說十地,這個形還會再積一層。
  • 與本會後二品之繫:本會三品,澄觀判「初二當會由致、後一正說」,而前二品之中「前一化主赴機、後品助化讚佛」。本會之名,就人而言叫金剛幢菩薩會,而金剛幢之名出於〈十迴向品〉;本品只立處、立座、立請,說法之人與所說之法都在後二品。澄觀於就座段特別註明:後品眾集只說一萬是有所表,此處說「不可說眾」,未必只是後品之人。
  • 與十迴向之繫:本品之處所表的是十迴向。李通玄說得最明白——於此天說十迴向,是要顯明和會真俗而成大慈悲,長處生死而不廢涅槃,這就叫迴向;並且說從初發心住以來一直如是和會,只是到這一位次終了才偏得其名。澄觀則以「知足」二字繫之:迴勳授子乃知有餘,迴向眾生乃知自足。二家所繫不同而同指〈十迴向品〉。
  • 李通玄之科與計數:通玄不用澄觀的十段,他把本品長科為十一段,又把第一段復科為七段,並且逐段計算行數與莊嚴之數——第一段之後有一百九十三行半經,其中一百七十七個「百萬億」種莊嚴寶座及寶地虛空、又一百零八個「百萬億」種菩薩並諸天八部王眾、又十個「百萬億」善根之所嚴潔。他另有『一生十無生』一門,立蘊、見、空、性、時劫、涅槃生死、音聲寂默、智慧分別、神通、剎那際十種無生。此為古德別行之一軌,誌錄不判。
  • 法藏之異軌:法藏所疏為六十本,判本品初品有七段——本會圓現、不動昇此、天王嚴處、迎佛設供、覩佛勝德、天王敬請、受請成益。座之圓滿相他判為十三種,逐一列名;座嚴之分數他也另有一套——雜事嚴五十二種,別事嚴之中寶二十一種、香王十七種、雲雨二十一種,重明雜嚴二十九種,衣幢各十種,音聲嚴四十二句。他並就六十本經文釋色界諸天何以四禪各有四天,判為一總三別。與澄觀之科各成一系,並錄不判。
  • 智儼之科:智儼判此三品分二,初二為前方便序、後一為正宗;此初品有二,初體用、二融體,融內有三即身口意;第二「時彼天王」以下赴緣攝化,其文有六。他又以殿名之遞增顯慈悲德相隨物轉增——第三會但說其殿、第四會但論莊嚴、第五會云一切寶莊嚴、第六會摩尼寶等。誌錄不判。
  • 古德之古釋與評:覩佛勝德一段,澄觀取二十一種殊勝功德為判,並於《演義鈔》中評前人二說——賢首解為十門,他以為以總名收別義皆不盡理,且結中不出內德外相、內德不出福智,攝不得前文諸德;《刊定記》科為十六三業,他以為段段之中三業多闕,消文不盡。二說他都判為「偏近」,而自許「依今之釋,一句無遺矣」。誌錄之,不判。
  • 異譯並錄不判:八十本與六十本之座名(摩尼藏/如意寶藏)、座德句數(十一句/十三種圓滿相)、請詞(三稱善來五號/二稱二號)、天王獲益(妓樂熾然不息/一切音樂寂然無聲)、十佛名與十殿名,皆異;量詞則二本同作「百萬億」,八十本本品三百零二見、六十本本品範圍內三百一十二見。二本並錄,不判高下。
  • 〔查無〕:本品無牒經釋論之別行論,不同於〈十地品〉之有《十地經論》,記闕。《十玄門》中「兜率」零命中,記闕。《華嚴經旨歸》《孔目章》中「兜率」諸見皆屬他處事跡或品次之提及,非牒釋本品之文,不採為本品之證。

A scripture moves house for the third time, and each time the manner of the moving is harder to understand

In this chapter the World-Honored One does not speak one sentence of Dharma with his own mouth. The whole of the prose of the chapter is the narration of the compilers, and there are only three places of direct speech: a single thought raised at one and the same moment by the gods of the palace of Tuṣita; the few sentences in which the heaven-king invites the Buddha to dwell in the hall; and the ten verses spoken by the heaven-king at the end. From beginning to end the Buddha does two things only — he comes, and then he sits down.

What, then, is this chapter doing? Chengguan's answer is quite clear: it is the “occasioning,” not the “proper doctrine.” He determines that this assembly has three chapters of scripture, of which the first two are the passage that raises the matter and the third, “The Ten Dedications,” is the proper exposition; and of those first two, this chapter comes first and speaks of “the lord of transformation coming to the capacities,” while the next chapter speaks of “those who assist the transformation praising the Buddha.” So if in reading this chapter one does not first see that it is setting up a field, one will feel it to be no more than a string of description lavish enough to leave one breathless.

It is not description. It is answering a question: on what ground does the field in which the ten dedications are to be spoken stand up at all?

And this time the answer weighs more than either of the two before it. The adornment of the seat in the preceding assembly used “a million”; this assembly uses “a million koṭis,” and uses it in one breath three hundred and two times. What has been added is exactly what this chapter would have one see.

Why the Tuṣita Heaven: Chengguan gives six reasons

The “Tuṣita” of the chapter's name Li Tongxuan renders as “the heaven of the joy of knowing contentment.” These two words, “knowing contentment,” are the pivot upon which Chengguan sets up his account.

Chengguan first states the sense of the chapter's name: Tuṣita is the place, and the Buddha, with the body of the Dharma realm, responds without rising, and hence it is called “ascending.” Then he asks a question: why is it spoken in this heaven and no other? He gives six answers himself, and the Yanyi chao counts them out one by one — first, the preceding ten practices were in the Yāma Heaven, and the dedications now spoken surpass the former station, so that he dwells up in Tuṣita: this is with respect to sequence only; second, it takes the name of this heaven, “knowing contentment”; third, it is with respect to the lord of this heaven; fourth, it explains “knowing contentment” a second time, the earlier being contentment with respect to benefiting oneself and this one contentment with respect to benefiting others; fifth, it is stated with respect to the middle way; sixth, it is explained by evenness.

Of these the fourth deserves the slowest reading. Chengguan draws a worldly comparison: a man piles up merit and accumulates distinction, and looking at his own rank always feels it not yet enough; but once he turns his distinctions over and confers them upon his son, he finds that he has more than enough. The bodhisattva is just so — while diligently and painfully accumulating practice he never feels it enough; once he dedicates it to sentient beings, he knows that he is content of himself.

The misreading to be ruled out is this: to take “knowing contentment” for having few desires, for no longer pressing forward. It is not. The contentment here is the fruit of dedication — without dedicating one never knows contentment; having dedicated, one knows that there is a surplus to dedicate. So that the Dharma of the dedications should be spoken in the heaven of knowing contentment is not the taking of an auspicious place-name; it is the taking of a necessity in the doctrine.

The fifth and the sixth should be pointed out as well. Of the six heavens of the realm of desire, Tuṣita dwells in the middle — the two heavens above are heedless and the three below are coarse and heavy, and this one alone dwells in the middle, and therefore it displays that compassion and wisdom are even. Chengguan cites a further passage: to be born in this heaven one must cultivate the three merits of giving, keeping the precepts, and concentration; the other heavens either are not complete in all three or have a preponderance and are not even, and this heaven alone has the three merits even. So “middle” is not the middle of a position; it is the sense of not being partial.

Segment one, the whole assembly manifesting at once: it says first that the earlier gatherings have not dispersed

The opening sentence: because of the spiritual power of the Buddha, in all the worlds of the ten directions, within each and every Jambudvīpa of the four continents, the Tathāgata was seen seated beneath the tree of awakening, and in each place there were bodhisattvas who expounded the meaning of the Dharma upheld by the Buddha's spiritual power.

Chengguan determines this segment to be “the whole assembly manifesting at once,” and takes the first sentence apart: “spiritual power” is the cause of the pervading, and what follows “the ten directions” is the mark of the pervading. He also notes one thing in particular: this spiritual power is not necessarily the arousing of the penetration of spiritual objects; it is only the power of self-mastery of mind that cultivation has formed.

There is a place here that is easily slipped over. The sentence of the same type in the preceding assembly, “Ascent to the Palace of the Yāma Heaven,” raised two places, the southern Jambudvīpa and the summit of Sumeru; this assembly ought by rights to raise three, “beneath the tree, the summit of Sumeru, and the palace of the Yāma Heaven,” yet the scriptural text says only “seated beneath the tree.” Chengguan explains: where the text has nothing, it is abbreviating — because in the next segment, on ascending without leaving, the three places have already been raised in full, this earlier place is made a shadow only, which in reverse displays that the four preceding assemblies are all perfectly pervasive.

So this sentence is not boasting of the vastness of the Buddha's penetrations; it is declaring one thing: that the first assembly through the fourth are all still there and have not broken up. Fazang says it still more plainly: the earlier assemblies of the tree of awakening, the Hall of Universal Light, the Trāyastriṃśa Heaven, and the Yāma Heaven have none of them dispersed, and what is spoken on ascending here is simultaneous with those, so that it is everywhere across the ten directions and runs vertically through the assemblies, simultaneous and yet before and after, spoken without obstruction.

If the earlier assembly had to break up before the later one could open, it would become a Dharma spoken in one gathering after another by turns, and not the unobstructed assembly of the Dharma realm that the Avataṃsaka is.

Segment two, ascending without leaving: what is not left is, this time, three places

At that time the World-Honored One, again by his spiritual power, did not leave from beneath this tree of awakening, nor the summit of Mount Sumeru, nor the palace of the Yāma Heaven, and yet he had already gone to that great hall in the Tuṣita Heaven adorned with all wondrous jewels.

This sentence is the pivot of the chapter, and it is also the shape that the whole scripture has been piling up all along. In the third assembly he ascends Sumeru, and what is not left is one place, beneath the tree; in the fourth he ascends to the Yāma Heaven, and what is not left is two, beneath the tree and Sumeru; in this assembly he ascends to Tuṣita, and what is not left is three, beneath the tree, Sumeru, and the Yāma Heaven. Further on, when he ascends to the Heaven of Free Enjoyment of Others' Emanations to speak the ten grounds, there will simply be one place more.

Here Chengguan sets down two determinations: the four assemblies in all the places of the ten directions before this are all solemnly undispersed, and yet he ascends here and speaks — the intent being to make clear that he is everywhere across the ten directions and runs vertically through the nine assemblies, the Buddha's body of the Dharma realm pervading all times and places.

The misunderstanding to be ruled out is this: it is not that the Buddha has divided his body. If one said that one buddha stayed beneath the tree, one was on Sumeru, one was in the Yāma Heaven, and yet another came to Tuṣita, that would make four buddhas. What the scriptural text says is that he goes without leaving — one and the same Buddha, not diminished here, not increased there. What is called “responding without rising” means that what rises is the response, not the body.

Brought down to the reader: what is called ‘the Buddha has come’ has never been the Buddha's walking from a far place to a near one. It is that here there is stimulus, and so here he is seen. And because the stimulus in the earlier places has not stopped, the Buddha in the earlier places has not gone away either.

Segment three, part one, the heaven-king sees the Buddha coming from afar: first the place is prepared, then the person is invited

At that time the king of the Tuṣita Heaven saw from afar the Buddha coming, and thereupon spread out upon the hall a lion seat of the Maṇi Treasury.

One must ask first: it has only just been said that the Buddha does not leave and does not move; how then can there be a “seeing from afar”?

The answer lies on the side of what is able to see. The substance of the Buddha neither goes nor comes; seeing, however, has a far and a near. That “coming” which the heaven-king beheld upon his hall is a mark manifested by his own stimulus. Fazang makes this level the tenet of the chapter: the heaven-king, with a vessel-hall that answers to the Dharma realm, is what is able to stimulate; the Tathāgata, with a cloud of body pervading the Dharma realm, is what is able to respond; stimulus and response meet without anything moving, and out of the stillness of that unmovedness the images spring up in profusion — this is what is called dependent arising complete in virtue.

And so the first thing the heaven-king does after seeing the Buddha is not to welcome him but to spread the seat. He would first prepare this place where the Buddha can be seen into a place where the Buddha can dwell. The sequence of the whole chapter is settled from here: first the place is prepared, then the person is invited; and only when the preparing has reached its end does he open his mouth.

The seat is called “the lion seat of the Maṇi Treasury.” Chengguan has taken it apart graph by graph: inexhaustible great vows arise according to the wish, and compassion and wisdom necessarily go together so that birth and death do not defile — hence “Maṇi Treasury”; practice is spread out and laid abroad — hence the word “spread.”

Segment three, part two, the ten virtues of the seat: one general sentence, ten kinds of fullness

Next the scriptural text uses eleven sentences to say what this seat is. Chengguan determines that the first sentence is the general one and the other ten are the particular ones, and that the particular part is “ten kinds of full and excellent marks.”

How are the ten sentences matched? He says: the first sentence is the mark of its own substance, since it is formed of jewels; the six that follow are marks of cause — the mark of depth and distance, the mark of excellence and wonder, the mark of vastness, the mark of sameness of substance, the mark of completeness in virtue, and the mark of firmness; and the last three display the surpassing distinction in general and are the virtuous functioning of the seat — first, its stately beauty; second, its freedom from defilement; third, its being without limit.

Set against the scriptural text it becomes quite clear. “Gathered and formed out of every kind of wondrous jewel of the heavens” is its own substance; “what the roots of goodness cultivated in the past had brought about” is depth and distance, the cause lying in the past; “what the spiritual power of all the Tathāgatas made manifest” is excellence and wonder; “born of the roots of goodness of measureless hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas and asaṃkhyeyas” is vastness; “arose from the pure Dharma of all the Tathāgatas” is sameness of substance; “adorned and polished bright by the power of boundless merit” is firmness; and then “those who look upon it give rise to gladness and love, and there is no time at which they have their fill of it” is stately beauty, “it is a dharma that transcends the world, and is undefiled by the world” is freedom from defilement, and “all sentient beings come and observe it, and not one of them is able to exhaust its wondrous beauty” is being without limit.

One thing should be pointed out here: what Fazang commented upon was the sixty-fascicle text, and in the same passage he determines “thirteen kinds of full marks,” naming them one by one as the mark of its own character, the mark of cause, the mark of indestructibility, the mark of excellence, the mark of true purity, the mark of commonality, the mark of completeness in virtue, the mark of freedom from evil, the mark of subtlety and wonder, the mark of transcending the world, the mark of freedom from defilement, the mark of sameness, and the mark of inexhaustibility. The scriptural texts of the two versions themselves differ in the number of their sentences — the sixty-fascicle text has, in addition, such sentences as “commonly adorned by all sentient beings” and “arisen from the causes and conditions of all the worlds” — and so the two houses count differently. Both are recorded, and neither is adjudicated.

The misreading to be ruled out is this: to read these ten sentences as ten sentences of praise. They are not praising how fine the seat looks; they are saying how the seat came to be, on what ground it stands, and why it cannot be seen to the end. The seat is the image of the Dharma of the ten dedications; wherever the Dharma comes from, from there the seat comes too.

Segment three, part three, three hundred and two kinds of “a million koṭis”: a number that can be counted

From “there were a million koṭis of tiers of steps” onward the scriptural text enters the densest passage of the chapter, and the one most easily skipped.

Here Chengguan gives a number of a kind he rarely gives: this passage, which particularly makes clear substance and function, has in all three hundred and two kinds of “a million koṭis.” He further divides these three hundred and two kinds into three great segments — first expanding the seat's own substance; next, from “there were a million koṭis of bodhisattvas of the first arousing of the mind” onward, expanding the surpassing distinction spoken of above; third, from “a million koṭis of roots of goodness” onward, expanding the mark of cause spoken of above; and he says that the first segment chiefly makes clear the adornment of the world as vessel, while the latter two display the adornment of the world of sentient beings, and that all of them are the power of the world of perfect awakened wisdom.

Then he explains why it is “a million koṭis”: because the station increases upon the million of the ten practices.

This sentence must be looked at backward before it can be understood. The preceding assembly, speaking the ten practices, used the numeral “a million” throughout; this assembly, speaking the ten dedications, uses “a million koṭis” throughout. The number itself is not there for one to reckon up; it is there so that the increase may be seen — the station rises one degree, and the adornment that answers to it thickens by one layer.

And this number can be checked. The three graphs meaning “a million koṭis” in the base text, counted through the whole chapter, come to exactly three hundred and two occurrences, which agrees with Chengguan's “three hundred and two kinds.” Segment by segment it tallies as well: ten sentences for the adornment of the body of the seat, ten for the pavilions, ten for the adornment of hangings, seventeen from “Indra adamantine jewels” onward, twelve for the necklaces, sixteen for the adornment of fragrances, twenty for the raining clouds, forty-eight for the four sides outside the seat, ten for the music, and twenty for the sounds of the Dharma; thirty-nine sentences for the benefit gained; sixty-nine in all for the five divisions of offering; and ten for the mark of cause. These numbers the scriptural text yields one by one when counted. Only in the passage on adorning the body of the seat does Chengguan determine twelve sentences where the scriptural text counts eleven — and there he himself has said beforehand that there is a doubt: the bimba hangings ought, by the pattern of like with like, to stand before the jeweled flowers, and it may also be determined as twelve sentences discerning the hangings and nine adorning the body of the seat. Since he has himself recorded his doubt, it is recorded here too, and not adjudicated.

One misreading to rule out: this is not hyperbole. Hyperbole makes one into ten; here the station is written out as a number, and a number that will stand being counted.

Segment three, part four, the ten divisions of the seat's adornment: counting from underfoot up to sound

Chengguan divides at length this great passage on “expanding its own substance” into ten: the first nine are the adornment of form and mark, and the last is the adornment of sound. He adds one general instruction for reading it: each and every matter of adornment is itself a gate of the Dharma, and this can be got by the intent.

The first division is the ten sentences on the adornment of the body of the seat: first the tiers of steps, which are the layer upon layer of the seat itself rising up; the nine sentences after that are the adornments that cover the seat — nets of gold, four kinds of hangings, three kinds of canopies, and jeweled garments. Chengguan says that although the canopies are ranged in rows on the four sides and held up by the gods, they still count as covering the seat.

The second division, ten sentences from “pavilions,” is the setting up of pavilions within the hall to encircle and adorn the seat; the first sentence is general, and the nine below it particularly display the adorning of the pavilions.

The third division, ten sentences from “hangings with jeweled bells,” discerns the adornment of hangings. Here Chengguan adds a most important sentence: the hangings too encircle the seat, since the covering of the seat has already been discerned above; and if one would discern it over again, then it is hangings with pavilions built upon them and pavilions with hangings covering them, layer upon layer without end. — In one sentence he lifts the adornment of the seat from decoration up to the Avataṃsaka doctrine of layer upon layer without end.

The fourth division, from “wondrous jeweled flowers,” discerns the adorning of the body of the seat, which is the passage of doubt spoken of above. The fifth division, seventeen sentences from “Indra adamantine jewels,” all use wondrous jewels as doors, as windows, and as covering, and also adorn the substance of the seat so as to adorn its treasury; Chengguan says that because it is a lotus treasury, the display of the Dharma in the heading differs from what went before — in the ten abodes and the ten practices the lotus is not spoken of, though by rights, in principle, it ought to have been there. The sixth division, twelve sentences from “pearl necklaces,” is the adornment of necklaces hanging down round about; he notes in passing that the two sentences from “a million koṭis of maṇi bodies” onward seem to be lacking something in the text, since below “Indra jewels of wondrous color” there is nothing to which it is bound, and it does not belong to the class of fragrances below either, so that it cannot stand alone as a division.

The seventh division, sixteen sentences from “black sandalwood,” takes fragrance as adornment. The eighth, twenty sentences from “there rained down a million,” is the raining of clouds as adornment. The ninth, forty-eight sentences from “they set up a million,” is the adornment on the four sides outside the seat; and this division Chengguan subdivides into four: the first twenty sentences are miscellaneous adornments ranged along the sides of the seat; the second, nine sentences from “jewels of radiance,” is the adornment of light; the third, nine sentences from “heavenly jeweled garments,” is the adornment of jeweled garments spread out; the fourth, ten sentences from “heavenly bell-banners,” is the adornment of jeweled banners ranged in rows.

The tenth division is the adornment of sound: first ten sentences of the adornment of the sounds of music, then twenty of the adornment of the sounds of the Dharma; and within the adornment of the sounds of the Dharma the first eleven sentences praise the three jewels and the last nine speak the Dharma and benefit beings.

Having read through these ten divisions one can see a sequence: from the tiers of steps underfoot, to the hangings and canopies above, to the jewels and fragrances round about, to the raining clouds in the air, to the rows outside the seat, and at last coming to rest upon sound. When things have come to their end, what is left is sound alone. And the last twenty sentences of that sound speak of nothing but the Dharma.

Segment three, part five, three transcribed words and two small matters

In this great passage there are several transcribed words upon which Chengguan has given glosses; they are recorded here in passing.

The bimba of “bimba hangings” means here “the substance that bears an image” — among the adornments of the hangings the images of outer things can appear, and hence “the substance that bears an image.” The aruṇa of “aruṇa fragrance” means here “the color red,” the name being established by the color. The “jeweled svastika,” fully stated, is the svastika in its longer transcription, which means here “possessing joy”; if one sees this mark one will surely gain security, and its shape is like the graph for “myriad.” The moutuoluo of “heavenly moutuoluo” means here “the leading drum,” which is struck first when the music of the heavens begins to play.

Two small matters are worth recording besides. First, on the sentence “a million koṭis of jeweled pavilions, stretching broad and splendidly ornamented,” Chengguan cites the opinion of Jingfa, who says: in Sanskrit it is bumojia, which means here “a curtained carriage”; if it were a pavilion one ought to say weimonang; and since it is not so, it is an error of translation. Chengguan's own attitude is finely measured — he says that perhaps it ought to be so, since pavilions have already appeared in the text above; but that if it is a discerning of the matter over again, there is no great fault in it either. To raise a divergent account without forcing a judgment is the constant manner of the commentary on this chapter. Second, beneath the nine sentences on jewels of radiance it says “covered with a net,” and Chengguan explains: it is like a lamp of the world covered over with a net, which is for guarding the insects of the night, so that its light becomes half-hidden. A homely comparison, which dissolves the doubt of ‘why light should have to be covered with a net.’

Segment three, part six, expanding the surpassing distinction spoken of above: the thirty-nine sentences on the benefit gained by seeing the seat

The second great segment begins from “there were a million koṭis of bodhisattvas of the first arousing of the mind.” Chengguan says that the text above only briefly said “those who see it have not their fill,” which already made the mark of gaining benefit briefly clear, and that here it is opened out and spoken of at length — and this is the virtuous functioning of the seat; while the reverence and the offerings further display it as adornment.

The part on gaining benefit has thirty-nine sentences, which he divides in four by a winding division: the first ten sentences discern benefit with respect to the stations; the next twelve, from “obtained sovereign spiritual penetrations,” miscellaneously discern the gaining of benefit; the third, ten sentences from “obtained the dāna perfection,” discern benefit with respect to practice; the fourth, seven sentences from “entered everywhere into all the lands of the buddhas,” discern benefit with respect to great functioning.

The first ten are the easiest to recognize: they are the names of the ten abodes — the first arousing of the mind, governing the ground, cultivating practice, noble birth, complete in skillful means, the abode of the rectified mind, non-retrogression, youthful truth, prince of the Dharma-king, and consecration, one station to a sentence. The ten sentences with respect to practice are the six perfections together with the great vow, the lamp of wisdom, being shone upon by the light of the Dharma, and expounding the Dharma free of delusion.

What deserves a pause is Chengguan's handling of the latter three divisions. He says that the latter three all run through all the stations; or one may also say that the second segment makes clear the dedications, the third the ten practices, and the fourth the ten grounds. That is to say, within these thirty-nine sentences there lies hidden a vertical order of stations. The Yanyi chao states the reason for this matching more finely: because the first segment, with respect to the stations, is the ten abodes, and the ten perfections of the third segment are wholly the same as the ten practices, the second segment is matched with the dedications and the fourth with the ten grounds, so that the vertical stations are complete; only, the second and third segments are inverted in order, and the second and the fourth are not very manifest, and this is why they must be matched in this way.

The misreading to be ruled out is this: to think that these thirty-nine sentences are telling how impressive the bodhisattvas are. They are telling one thing — what is gained by seeing this seat. The seat is the image of the gate of the Dharma; to see the seat and gain benefit is to meet the Dharma and gain benefit.

Segment three, part seven, the five divisions of offering: who is offering, and what is offered

From “a million koṭis of heaven-kings bowed in reverence” onward is the part on offering. Chengguan divides it into five.

First, seventeen sentences that miscellaneously make clear how the eight classes, humans and gods, and the bodhisattvas set forth reverence in the three kinds of action, what each does being according to what is fitting for its own kind. This point is worth looking at against the scriptural text: the dragon kings gaze and have not their fill, the yakṣa kings join their palms above their heads, the asura kings cut off all thought of pride, the garuḍa kings hold silk streamers in their beaks — each class of being has its own manner of reverence, and the scriptural text has not written them all alike.

Second, twenty-six sentences from “a million koṭis of goddesses made offerings with concentrated minds,” which make clear only the reverence and offerings of the gods in the three kinds of action. Here Chengguan does one thing in passing: he points out that the first three sentences run from the realm of desire up to the heaven of the ultimate form, and that the “gods of every kind” spoken of afterward either run through the formless realm as well or are a general gathering up of the classes above; and that the “gods who ponder well” likewise run through all the classes.

Third, twelve sentences from “bodhisattva gods,” which make clear the bodhisattvas' offering of things — flower-hand, fragrance-hand, garland-hand, and so on down to adornment-hand, each raining down the thing that his own hand presides over. Fourth, four sentences from “divine sons came forth from the palaces of the heavens,” which are the gods' offering of their bodies — coming together with their palaces, holding up the seat with the body, raising the whole body and holding up the seat. Fifth, ten sentences from “bodhisattvas of pondering,” which are the bodhisattvas' offering of the cultivation of the Dharma, and which also make clear the gaining of benefit.

Here is a question that Chengguan himself raises: why is it that on the side of the bodhisattvas much is said of gaining benefit, while on the side of the gods only offering is spoken of? His reply is two sentences: the offering of the gods is precisely the cause of gaining benefit; and the gods' gaining benefit is itself the bodhisattvas.

Segment three, part eight, why the adornments of this assembly are so especially many

Reading this far, anyone will ask: why is it that the matters of adornment of this assembly in particular are so many?

Chengguan gives two reasons: first, that this heaven for the most part has a final-birth bodhisattva for its heaven-king; second, that the stations of the worthy have here reached their utmost and great compassion is universally complete. He also sets the three assemblies side by side for comparison: the assembly of the ten abodes had no adornment of bodhisattvas, displaying that the ordinary person is only then entering the stations; the assembly of the Yāma Heaven had it, since the stations had already been entered, and yet even so it was not extensive; only in this assembly is it extensive.

Li Tongxuan writes the same observation as a question and an answer, and asks it more finely still — he asks: in the ten abodes there were only the hosts of the gods coming to welcome the World-Honored One; in the ten practices the followers already included the hosts of gods and of bodhisattvas; why is it that in this assembly the kings of the eight classes, the vastness of the great assembly, and the kinds and colors of the adornments are so many? And why is it that in the assembly of the ten grounds, on the contrary, nothing is narrated of the heaven-king and the hosts coming to welcome him, of entering the hall, of adorning the high seat, and the like — how is it that where the station rises higher, the extensive offerings are not set out?

His own reply is: in the ten abodes there were gods but no bodhisattvas coming to welcome the Tathāgata; the offerings bestowed were for the station of the ten abodes, and only make clear that one has just been born into the house of the Buddha's wisdom, there being as yet none who have seen the path before, so that the gods only are listed and there are as yet no bodhisattvas. Following this on, in the ten practices the path has already been seen and the stations entered, and so hosts of bodhisattvas come to welcome him; and in this assembly, because the gate of the dedications harmonizes the true and the conventional and great compassion dwells in the world, the gods, the bodhisattvas, and the classes of the eight groups are the most complete of all.

The two houses fix upon different things — Chengguan speaks with respect to the utmost of the stations, and Tongxuan with respect to the sense of dedication — and yet their answers run on the same track. Both are recorded.

As to whose power this whole mass of adornment is, Chengguan gathers it up at the end in one sentence: these excellent marks are all the sovereign true virtues of the differentiations of the Dharma realm as manifested by the Tathāgata's ocean-seal, matters of adornment in which person and dharma are unobstructed and the environing and the proper are blended together. This sentence should be remembered: the adornment of the seat is not the heaven-king's private ability; the heaven-king is the side that is able to stimulate, and what is manifested is the Buddha's ocean-seal.

Segment three, part nine, expanding the mark of cause and the concluding extension: ten sentences on whence the seat came, one passage on the ten directions being the same

The third great segment is the ten sentences from “born of a million koṭis of roots of goodness” onward, expanding the mark of cause spoken of above. Chengguan says only “the ten sentences can be understood,” and offers no further explanation. Taken together these ten sentences say one thing: this seat comes from roots of goodness, from the sustaining of the buddhas, from merit, from excellent minds, from great vows, from good practices, from good dharmas, from spiritual power, and from merit, and it is praised with dharmas of praise.

Then comes the concluding extension. The scriptural text says: just as the king of the Tuṣita Heaven of this world set out a high seat for the Tathāgata, so too did the kings of the Tuṣita Heaven of all the worlds set out the seat in this way, adorn it in this way, keep to this manner in this way, delight in faith in this way, purify their minds in this way, take joy in this way, rejoice in this way, honor him in this way, give rise to the thought of a rare thing in this way, leap up in this way, and long for him in this way — all of them alike.

This is the first concluding extension of the chapter. It differs from the two that follow — the latter two pass over it in the four graphs meaning “it was likewise just so,” while this one lays out eleven occurrences of “in this way” one by one. The point lies in the last three graphs: all of them alike. It is not that the ten directions imitate one another; it is that one and the same power of the Buddha rises into function in the ten directions at one and the same time, so that even the layers of their thought are the same.

Segment four, part one, welcoming the Buddha and raising up offerings: the offerings come out of the body

At that time the king of the Tuṣita Heaven, having finished setting out the seat, gave rise to reverence in his mind, and together with a hundred thousand koṭis of asaṃkhyeyas of divine sons of the Tuṣita Heaven went out to welcome the Tathāgata, and with pure minds they rained down ten kinds of clouds.

Here Chengguan points out the sentence most worth recording. The scriptural text says “when those hosts of divine sons each brought forth these clouds from their own bodies” — and he says: that they all come forth from the body not only displays the power of merit of the gods, but also displays that the body is itself the offering, and that offerings are born from one's own mind.

This one sentence dissolves the thought that most easily arises in reading this long passage: where do so many offerings come from? The answer is that they come from nowhere. It is not that there is a storehouse in the heavens; it is that as soon as the mind stirs, the offering appears. Hence in the long run of sentences below, ‘again in the presence of the Buddha they gave rise to such and such a mind,’ every sentence states the mind first and the offering after — giving rise to a mind of the realm of wisdom, they burn fragrance which becomes clouds; giving rise to a mind of joy, they rain down clouds of heavenly flowers; giving rise to a mind of reverence, they rain down clouds of heavenly canopies. The mind is the cause and the offering the fruit, one pair to a sentence; the scriptural text has itself already written cause and fruit side by side.

Chengguan further divides the part on seeing the Buddha and raising up offerings into three: the first ten sentences are the offering held in garments and scattered upon the Buddha, displaying the cultivation of stillness so as to tend toward the fruit; the second, ten sentences from “hundreds of thousands of koṭis,” are the raising of the mind and the raining of offerings that adorn empty space, displaying that the myriad practices cultivated answer to the emptiness of the nature of dharmas, emptiness and existence being unobstructed, which is the sense of adorning space; the third, nine sentences from “hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas of asaṃkhyeyas of divine sons,” are the setting forth of offerings of various kinds, displaying the mixed cultivation of the myriad practices. He adds one remark: “a mind tamed and still and without heedlessness” ought to be divided into two, and then there would be ten sentences.

One more thing is to be recorded. The scriptural text says that the reason the gods could see the Buddha from afar as though he were directly before their eyes is bound to three occurrences of “because”: because of the majestic spiritual power of the Tathāgata, because of the flowing forth of roots of goodness of old, and because of inconceivable sovereign power. Chengguan determines these three sentences as the three by which one sees the Buddha through sustaining power: first the present spiritual power of the Buddha, second the power of goodness of former lives, third the power of the gate of the Dharma. So “seeing the Buddha” is not a matter of the power of the eye; it is a matter of three powers meeting together.

Segment four, part two, the gods think as one: this is the chapter's first sentence of direct speech

At that time all the gods and the goddesses in the palace of Tuṣita saw the Buddha from afar as though he were directly before their eyes, and together raised up this thought — “The Tathāgata's appearing in the world is hard to meet with; today I have obtained sight of him who is complete in omniscience and unobstructed with regard to the Dharma, the Perfectly Awakened One.”

This is the first sentence of direct quotation in the whole chapter, and moreover it is not spoken out but thought within — the graphs the scriptural text uses are “together raised up this thought and said.” Chengguan determines this passage to be “rejoicing at the meeting and going out to welcome him.”

The two graphs “together raised” should be noticed. It is not that one of them thought of it first and the others thought of it after; it is that at one and the same time one and the same thought arose. This has the same structure as the “all of them alike” of the concluding extension above — one and the same power of the Buddha sustains them, and so the mind that arises is without duality.

And what is thought has two layers only: first, that he is hard to meet with; second, that today they have obtained sight of him. Put together, these two layers are “rejoicing at the meeting.” Of all the adornment in the chapter, what comes down into the minds of sentient beings is in fact just this one sentence.

Segment four, part three, the bodhisattvas raise up offerings: the four possibilities of the one and the many

The passage on the hosts of bodhisattvas who had dwelt beforehand in the palace of Tuṣita is the densest place in the chapter doctrinally, and it is also where the doctrine of the Huayan school comes down most directly upon the matters of adornment.

Chengguan divides the twenty-seven sentences of the bodhisattvas' offering of the environing recompense into three: the first ten sentences are offerings in which many causes form many fruits; the next eight are offerings in which one cause forms one fruit; the last nine are offerings in which one cause forms many fruits. Then he asks a very fine question: by rights there ought to be four propositions; where has the fourth, “many causes forming one fruit,” gone?

His reply is: many causes forming one fruit is already gathered into the first segment, since many causes are each able to form it severally. He then turns these four propositions into the language of the Huayan school: the first segment is “within all there is one” together with “within all there is all”; the next segment is “within one, one”; and the last segment is “within one, all.”

Here one should read slowly. Of the eight sentences of “one cause, one fruit,” Chengguan says that “in all of them cause and fruit resemble one another,” and he matches them one by one: what is born of the perfections is the jeweled canopy, because the canopy is able to screen off dust, as the perfections are able to remove what obscures; what is born of pure understanding is the flower hanging — the hanging is able to shelter, as compassion is the Buddha's realm, and the flower is able to open out, as understanding of awakening is pure; what is born of the patient acceptance of the non-arising of dharmas is the garment, because the patience of the Dharma is harmonious and pleasing and may be used to adorn the dharma-body; what is born of the mind that enters the unobstructedness of the adamantine Dharma is the net of bells, because to expound the net of the teaching is to sound the wondrous note of the adamantine, and to contemplate the net of the teaching is to see the principle without obstruction from the letter; what is born of the mind that understands all dharmas to be like an illusion is the firm fragrance, because fragrance can be smelt and yet not seen, seen and yet not grasped, just as illusory dharmas are seen and yet cannot be taken, taken and yet cannot be got, and to know that illusion is without firmness is thereby to form the firm Dharma; what is born of the mind that pervades the Buddha's realms and the seat of the Tathāgata is the wondrous seat of the manifold jewels of the buddhas, because pervading the emptiness of dharmas is precisely the object upon which the body of the Buddha's wisdom rests, and this is the sense of a seat; what is born of the mind that makes offerings to the Buddha without slackening is the jeweled banner, because only by crushing the banner of sloth and pride can the excellent banner of the Dharma be raised; and what is born of the joyful mind that understands dharmas to be like a dream is the jeweled palace, because dharmas being like a dream is precisely the place where the Buddha lodges.

When the eight pairs have been read one finds one thing: the things offered and the mind that offers are not in the relation of ‘exchanging goods for merit’; they are two faces of one and the same thing. As the mind is, so the offering grows. This is what “cause and fruit resemble one another” means.

As for the last nine sentences of “one cause forming many fruits,” Chengguan says that non-attachment and non-arising are in origin one sense — non-arising is stated with respect to principle and non-attachment with respect to wisdom, and only when these two meet is there one cause. So although those nine kinds of cloud are many, the cause is one only.

Further on is the offering of the recompense proper to the body, brought forth from the body: from the body of each single bodhisattva there come forth inexpressibly many hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas of bodhisattvas, filling the Dharma realm and the realm of space. Chengguan divides it into ten sentences: the first two make clear the measure of virtue of the bodies manifested — the measure of each one of them pervades the Dharma realm and their virtue is level with the Buddha's; the next three make clear the cause of their excellent eloquence; the next four display what their excellent eloquence rests upon; and the last one properly sets forth their eloquent praise. And the reason they can have such eloquence is that it flows from the treasury of eloquence of total retention. At the end he cites a sentence from Zixia's Preface to the Odes to close: feeling stirs within and hence takes form in words, and when words are still not enough, that is reverence at its utmost. — To praise until one can no longer speak is to revere to the utmost.

Segment five, part one, beholding the Buddha's excellent virtues: the twenty-one kinds of excellent merit

From “at that time all the gods and all the hosts of bodhisattvas saw the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One — the inconceivable hero among humankind” onward is the longest and the hardest passage in the chapter to read.

Chengguan first states the difficulty: this passage of scripture displays in order and in full the twenty-one kinds of excellent merit of the Tathāgata, and because the words of the text are so vast the explanations of the ancients have all alike gone astray. His own handling is to divide it into three — first the general beholding of the Tathāgata, next the particular beholding of the marks of virtue, third the concluding formation of the beholding — and he says that the twenty-one virtues are divided into twenty segments, because the last two are joined together.

The “first, the general” is the three titles “Tathāgata, Worthy One, Perfectly Awakened One.” Chengguan says that this raises three virtues in brief so as to display one hero: first, Tathāgata; second, in speaking of the Worthy One, this is the one worthy of offerings; third, the Perfectly Awakened One, which is the one of right and universal knowledge — and that this graph “worthy” also belongs to the text below, since he awakens in accordance with what is fitting.

The misreading to be ruled out is this: to think that this long passage is a piling up of words of praise. It has a skeleton — twenty-one virtues, one virtue to a segment, in orderly sequence; only, there are no marks between sentence and sentence, so that it looks like a long river without divisions. In reading it one can catch hold of several turning points: “his body is measureless” is the beginning of the particular beholding of the marks of virtue; “he abides in the vast body of all the buddhas” is the gathering up of the first virtue; from “the realm of his wisdom cannot be exhausted” onward it turns into the second virtue; and so on in the same manner.

And within this passage there is one sentence of scripture that is the only place in the chapter where mind-only is directly stated — “he constantly knows by wisdom that the worlds are like an illusion, like a shadow, like a dream, like a transformation, and that all of them have mind for their own nature, and thus he abides.” In the passage above on the bodhisattvas' offerings, the “understanding all dharmas to be like an illusion” and the “understanding dharmas to be like a dream” that Chengguan matched are here spoken out by the scriptural text itself: that is not a sense added by the commentator; it is one of the marks of virtue of the Tathāgata.

Segment five, part two, the working of the light and the intent of manifesting the adornments: why the Buddha manifests these things

Next is the working of the Buddha's light: light issues from the pores, the great assembly all sees it, a great and wondrous sound issues, subtle and wondrous adornments are manifested, the buddhas arising and appearing are manifested, the transformations of the buddhas are manifested, and flames of light of wondrous jewels are manifested. The manner of this passage is quite distinctive — it does not only say what is manifested, but says all along why it is manifested, in a string of “in order to.”

Then the scriptural text says: at that time the great compassion of the Tathāgata covered all everywhere, and he displayed all the adornments that omniscience possesses, wishing that among the sentient beings in inexpressibly many worlds, those who did not yet believe should be caused to believe, those who believed should be caused to increase, those who had increased should be caused to become pure, those who had become pure should be caused to ripen, and those who had ripened should be caused to have their minds tamed.

Here Chengguan does something that he himself admits may be read otherwise: he reads this string of benefits by the stations. He says that this passage of text contains several forces, and that he will follow one determination only — first with respect to the graded array: the first five sentences are the ten faiths, from the first faith down to the taming of the mind, since the station of faith is then full; the seven sentences that follow are all the benefit of the ten abodes; three more are the benefit of the ten practices; three more are the benefit of the ten dedications; and from “constantly to see the buddhas” onward all makes clear the ten grounds, the first four sentences all belonging to the Joyful Ground, “to leave evil behind and be pure” being the second ground, relying upon omniscience and seeing the Dharma unmoved being the third and fourth grounds, obtaining entry into the assemblies of all bodhisattvas being the fifth, sixth, and seventh, and constantly being born in the house of the Buddha being the eighth ground and above.

Then he gives another reading of his own: if it is taken with respect to perfect interfusion, the first five sentences are the gathering of the stations within faith, each sentence being one station; and the Yanyi chao matches these five sentences quite plainly — the first, faith, is the station of faith; the second, increase, is the station of the abodes; the third, purity, is the station of the practices; the fourth, ripening, is the station of the dedications; the fifth, taming, is the station of the grounds. And from “to observe the profound Dharma” onward the sense runs through all the stations, because in the perfect teaching station upon station gathers in the virtues.

This is a place worth pausing at. One and the same passage of scripture: read by the graded array it is one sequence; read by perfect interfusion it is sentence by sentence a gathering of stations. Chengguan lets both readings stand and does not take one and discard the other. Those who read the Avataṃsaka knowing only one way of reading will for the most part feel that the other one is wrong.

Last are the seventeen sentences of ‘the cause of manifesting the adornments’: the adornments which the World-Honored One manifested are all formed by the roots of goodness gathered beforehand in the past, and then a string of eighteen occurrences of “in order to” (as counted in the base text; Chengguan's outline makes seventeen sentences, the clause ‘and further, in order to manifest his body as most excellent’, which carries the word ‘further’, being joined to the one before it). Chengguan determines these seventeen sentences as making clear the seeking of the Buddha's path above, the first sentence being general and the rest particular, and the first five each gathering in two virtues while the rest have one each. The closing sentence is the most important: all the merits of the sovereign Dharma-king are manifested from roots of goodness of old; and all the bodhisattvas, praising and proclaiming them throughout all kalpas, could not exhaust them.

In other words, the answer of this whole passage is: it is not that the Buddha wishes to display his splendor; it is that the causes of old have come to their fruit today in this field.

Segment six, inviting the Buddha to dwell in the hall: three sayings of “Welcome,” five titles

At that time the king of the Tuṣita Heaven, having prepared these offerings for the Tathāgata, together with hundreds of thousands of koṭis of nayutas of asaṃkhyeyas of divine sons of the Tuṣita Heaven joined his palms toward the Buddha and said: Welcome, World-Honored One; welcome, Well-Gone One; welcome, Tathāgata, Worthy One, Perfectly Awakened One; we pray only that you would take pity and dwell here within this palace.

This is the second sentence of direct speech in the chapter, and the only sentence in the whole chapter spoken aloud to the Buddha. Several things deserve to be pointed out.

First, the sequence is still that the offerings are prepared and only then is the invitation made. From spreading the seat to adorning the hall to raising up offerings, he prepares all the way to this point before he opens his mouth. He does not first invite the Buddha to come and then get things ready.

Second, he says “Welcome” three times and raises five titles. The Yanyi chao counts the five titles out: first, World-Honored One; second, Well-Gone One; third, Tathāgata; fourth, Worthy of Offerings; fifth, Right and Universal Knowledge; and it says that ordinarily the lower three only are raised in brief, while here the upper two are added, so that they are five virtues. Chengguan adds one further sentence in the commentary: these sayings of “Welcome,” and the sense of the text below, are all as expounded in the third assembly — again an instance of being bound to an earlier assembly and not set out a second time.

Third, what is asked is not ‘that he come and speak the Dharma’ but that he “dwell here within this palace.” What is invited is the dwelling, not the speaking. That the Dharma must be invited by someone is the constant rule of the Avataṃsaka throughout; and the qualification for inviting lies in the three hundred and two kinds of adornment that went before — he first prepared the place into a vessel of the Dharma, and only then had the standing to open his mouth.

In the sixty-fascicle text there are here two sayings of “Welcome” only, and two titles. Both are recorded; neither is adjudicated.

Segment seven, the Tathāgata accepts the invitation: eleven occurrences of “because,” and then he enters the hall

At that time the World-Honored One, adorning himself with the Buddha's adornment and complete in great majestic virtue, then gives a string of eleven occurrences of “in order to,” and only afterward is it said that he “accepted the heaven-king's invitation and entered the Hall Adorned with All Jewels.”

This construction deserves notice. The Buddha accepts an invitation, and the scriptural text does not directly say that he accepts it; it first states eleven reasons — in order to cause sentient beings to give rise to great joy, in order to cause the bodhisattvas to give rise to deep understanding, in order to cause the divine sons to increase in desire and delight, in order to cause the heaven-king to make offerings without having his fill, in order to cause sentient beings to take him as the object of mindfulness and to arouse the mind, in order to cause sentient beings to plant the roots of goodness of seeing the Buddha, in order to cause them constantly to give rise to pure faith, in order to cause them to see the Buddha and make offerings without seeking anything, in order to cause their aspirations to be pure, in order to cause them to gather roots of goodness diligently without slackening or rest, and in order to cause them to give rise to the great vow and to seek omniscience.

The misreading to be ruled out is this: to think that the Buddha's accepting the invitation is a granting of face to the heaven-king. The scriptural text says not one graph of the sort. Not one of the eleven reasons is for the Buddha himself, and not one is for the heaven-king's dignity; all of them are for the benefit of sentient beings. So “accepting the invitation” here is an act of benefiting others, not a social act.

Next comes “as it was in this world, so also in all the worlds that the ten directions possess it was just so” — the chapter's second concluding extension. This accepting of the invitation happens in the ten directions at one and the same time.

After he enters the hall, adornments wondrous and fair appear there of themselves: all the jeweled nets cover it, seven kinds of cloud rain down everywhere, and inconceivable sounds of music issue, extolling the omniscience of the Tathāgata. Chengguan determines only one thing here: the second, the manifesting of adornments, displays that it is by the Buddha's power, and therefore surpasses those of the gods. — The adornment before was prepared by the heaven-king; the adornment here appeared of itself after the Buddha had entered the hall. The two are different and must not be confused.

Segment eight, the heaven-king gains benefit: this time the music does not stop

At that time, within the palace of Tuṣita, the music and the songs of praise blazed on without ceasing; and by the Buddha's spiritual power the mind of the king of the Tuṣita Heaven was without disturbance.

This is the sentence in the chapter that most shows the difference of station from the two assemblies before, and Chengguan raises it of his own accord.

He says: the station of the ten abodes is the weaker, and must gather in what is scattered and return to stillness, and therefore the sounds of music come to rest; this station is surpassing, and has obtained the true nature of motion, and therefore motion and stillness are not two, and the music blazes on while the mind does not move.

The sixty-fascicle text here has precisely “all the sounds of music became still and without sound, and no longer disturbed him.” On this one sentence the two texts are exactly opposite: the eighty-fascicle text has the music blazing on without ceasing and the mind not disturbed, and the sixty-fascicle has it still and without sound and only then right mindfulness. Both are recorded; neither is adjudicated — but the sense that Chengguan establishes is stated with respect to the text of the eighty-fascicle version.

This sentence should be read slowly. At the corresponding place in the preceding assembly, “Ascent to the Palace of the Yāma Heaven,” the eighty-fascicle text omitted “the sounds of music came to rest” while the sixty-fascicle had it, and Chengguan determined at that time that this was the intent of the translator — because that assembly of the ten practices stands in the middle, able to retreat and be one with what precedes and to advance and be level with what follows, and so neither side is stated. By this assembly the eighty-fascicle text simply says the thing outright on the other side: it is not that the music must be switched off before there can be concentration; it is that the music is sounding on and the mind has already ceased to move.

This is a criterion of station: the beginner must be in a still place before he can become still, and this is called gathering in what is scattered and returning to stillness; but at the station of the dedications motion is itself the true nature, and therefore stillness need not be sought. Chengguan used four graphs — motion and stillness are not two.

The benefits the heaven-king gains from this the scriptural text lists as eight: the roots of goodness of old come to fullness, good dharmas become firm, pure faith increases, great vigor arises, great joy arises, the aspiration of his deep mind is purified, the mind of awakening is aroused, and he is mindful of the Dharma without interruption and retains it entire without forgetting. Chengguan divides them in two: the first is the benefit of obtaining concentration, and from “the roots of goodness of old” onward is the benefit of advancing in goodness; while the three graphs “the Buddha's spiritual power” run through both benefits.

Segment nine, the ten verses: ten buddhas of the past, one hall

At that time the king of the Tuṣita Heaven, sustained by the majestic power of the Buddha, thereupon called to mind of himself the roots of goodness he had planted in the presence of the buddhas of the past, and spoke ten verses.

Look first at the form. The first line of each of the ten verses raises the name of one buddha; the second line is the same in all ten — “most excellent among all things auspicious”; the third line changes only the name of the hall — ‘he once entered this such-and-such hall’; and the fourth line is the same in all ten — “and therefore this place is the most auspicious of all.” In the ten verses two things only change: the name of the buddha and the name of the hall.

Chengguan's determination is very short: ten verses, one buddha to a verse, the names of the buddhas differing, with no separate virtue given in brief, the rest being the same as in the preceding assembly. This sentence must be read against the preceding assembly before its weight is known. In the ten verses of the preceding assembly the first line of each verse was in three parts, ‘a particular name, a general title, and a particular virtue,’ and Chengguan even explained the name in the upper two graphs by the virtue in the lower three; in the ten verses of this assembly the first line has the name only and no separate virtue — and this is why he says “with no separate virtue given in brief.”

Then, the place of these ten buddhas. Chengguan says that these ten buddhas are the ten buddhas of the preceding assembly; and that the ten buddhas before those ten are lodged in a station progressively deeper, and are called to mind progressively further back. Fazang says the same: this is praising the ten Tathāgatas before the ten buddhas of the Yāma Heaven above, lodged so as to display what is progressively deeper and further off, surpassing what went before; while in principle it runs through all the buddhas.

So what these ten verses are really saying is one thing: this place is auspicious because a buddha once came here — and not once only, but ten buddhas, and ten buddhas before those, pushed back without reaching an end. The “roots of goodness planted in the presence of the buddhas of the past” that the heaven-king calls to mind are likewise his own bond of old with this place.

The misreading to be ruled out is this: to think that this is praise of the hall. The hall of itself has no auspiciousness to speak of; the hall is auspicious because buddhas have entered it. And the reason the buddhas were willing to enter is that here things had been made ready. Beginning and end are locked together.

When the ten verses are finished, the scriptural text concludes and extends: just as the king of the Tuṣita Heaven of this world, sustained by the spiritual power of the Buddha, praised in verse the buddhas of the past, so too the kings of the Tuṣita Heaven within all the worlds of the ten directions praised the merits of the Buddha in just this way. This is the chapter's third concluding extension.

Segment ten, the Tathāgata takes his seat: only here does the action of the whole chapter come to the ground

At that time the World-Honored One sat with his legs fully crossed upon the lion seat of the Maṇi Jewel Treasury in the Hall Adorned with All Jewels.

Chengguan divides this last passage into four: first, making clear the taking of the seat; second, from “the dharma-body” onward, displaying his virtue — and he says that this too is much the same as the twenty-one virtues above, and that for fear of a tedious text he will not explain it in full; third, from “inexpressibly many” onward, making clear the gathering of the assembly, which is the fullness of his retinue; fourth, from “after he had sat upon this seat” onward, the manifesting of adornments, first in this world and then the concluding extension.

On the sentence about the gathering of the assembly he sets down a particular note: the gathering of the assembly in the next chapter has something that it displays, and therefore says only “ten thousand”; in the true principle the gathering is universal, and therefore here it says only “inexpressibly many hosts,” which are not necessarily only the people of the next chapter.

Last is a case at law. Someone held that this passage on ascending the seat ought to be placed after the entering of the hall and before the praising of the place, saying that the order of the scriptural text has been inverted. Chengguan does not agree, and his reply is one sentence only: first he is invited to enter the hall, and the praising is for the sake of inviting him to sit — what in principle does this go against? The Yanyi chao states the meaning of both sides plainly: the other party's meaning is that upon entering the hall he ought to sit, and only when the sitting is done should there be praising, and so the text should be turned about; Chengguan's meaning is that after entering the hall there follows at once the praising of the place and the inviting to sit, and only then the accepting of the invitation — and what in principle is amiss in that?

It is recorded, and not adjudicated. But the matter itself is worth recording: over the order of the sections of a scripture the ancient worthies too may hold divergent views, and the settling of a divergent view rests upon the four graphs “what in principle does this go against?” — not upon altering the scripture.

And the closing sentence is still “in all the Tuṣita Heavens of the ten directions it was likewise just so” — answering, beginning to end, to the two concluding extensions before. The whole chapter runs from “not leaving” to “it was likewise just so”; the Buddha has not spoken one sentence of Dharma, and the field has been set up entire.

Lineage

  • The bond with the two preceding assemblies: what this chapter does not leave is three places, among which the summit of Sumeru is the place of “Ascent to the Summit of Mount Sumeru” and the palace of the Yāma Heaven is the place of “Ascent to the Palace of the Yāma Heaven.” In many of his sections on this chapter Chengguan binds the matter to those, saying “the remaining senses are all as at the beginning of the third assembly” and “all as expounded in the third assembly,” and does not set them out a second time; and the numeral too is measured against the preceding assembly — “because the station increases upon the million of the ten practices.” The three chapters are of one type in different stations: there the place is on Sumeru and in the Yāma Heaven, here it is in Tuṣita; there the numerals used are ‘ten thousand’ and ‘a million,’ here it is “a million koṭis”; there what is not left is one place and two places, here what is not left is three. Further on, when he ascends to the Heaven of Free Enjoyment of Others' Emanations to speak the ten grounds, this shape will pile up one layer more.
  • The bond with the two later chapters of this assembly: of the three chapters of this assembly Chengguan determines that “the first two are the occasioning of this assembly and the last is the proper exposition,” and of the first two that “the first is the lord of transformation coming to the capacities and the latter chapter is those who assist the transformation praising the Buddha.” The name of this assembly, with respect to the person, is the assembly of the bodhisattva Vajra Banner, and the name Vajra Banner comes from “The Ten Dedications”; this chapter sets up the place, the seat, and the invitation only, and the person who speaks the Dharma and the Dharma spoken are both in the two later chapters. In the segment on taking the seat Chengguan notes in particular: the gathering of the assembly in the next chapter says only “ten thousand” because it has something that it displays, while here it says “inexpressibly many hosts,” which are not necessarily the people of the next chapter.
  • The bond with the ten dedications: what the place of this chapter displays is the ten dedications. Li Tongxuan says it most plainly — that the ten dedications are spoken in this heaven in order to make manifest the harmonizing of the true and the conventional so as to form great compassion, dwelling long in birth and death without abandoning nirvāṇa, and this is what is called dedication; and he says further that from the abode of the first arousing of the mind onward it has been such a harmonizing all along, and only at the end of this station does it particularly obtain the name. Chengguan for his part binds it by the two words “knowing contentment”: turning one's distinctions over and conferring them upon one's son, one then knows that there is a surplus; dedicating to sentient beings, one then knows that one is content of oneself. The two houses bind it differently, and both point to “The Ten Dedications.”
  • Li Tongxuan's outline and his counting: Tongxuan does not use Chengguan's ten segments; he outlines this chapter at length in eleven segments, and outlines the first segment again in seven, and he further counts the lines and the numbers of the adornments segment by segment — after the first segment there are one hundred ninety-three and a half lines of scripture, within which there are one hundred seventy-seven kinds of “a million koṭis” of adorned jeweled seats and jeweled ground and space, and again one hundred and eight kinds of “a million koṭis” of bodhisattvas together with the kings of the gods and of the eight classes, and again ten kinds of “a million koṭis” of roots of goodness by which it is made clean and bright. He has besides a gate of his own, ‘the ten kinds of non-arising within one birth,’ establishing ten kinds of non-arising — of the aggregates, of the views, of emptiness, of nature, of time and kalpas, of nirvāṇa and birth and death, of the sound of speaking the Dharma and of silence, of the discriminations of wisdom, of the penetrations, and of the limit of an instant. This is one of the separately circulating tracks of the ancient worthies; it is recorded and not adjudicated.
  • Fazang's different track: what Fazang commented upon was the sixty-fascicle text, and he determines that the first chapter has seven segments — the whole assembly manifesting in the round, ascending here without moving, the heaven-king adorning the place, welcoming the Buddha and setting out offerings, beholding the Buddha's excellent virtues, the heaven-king reverently inviting him, and accepting the invitation and forming benefit. The full marks of the seat he determines as thirteen kinds, naming them one by one; and for the divisions of the seat's adornment he has another reckoning of his own — miscellaneous adornment, fifty-two kinds; within the particular adornment, jewels twenty-one kinds, the kings of fragrance seventeen kinds, clouds and rain twenty-one kinds; the further clarification of miscellaneous adornment, twenty-nine kinds; garments and banners, ten kinds each; and the adornment of sound, forty-two sentences. He also explains, upon the scriptural text of the sixty-fascicle version, why the gods of the realm of form have four heavens in each of the four meditations, determining it as one general and three particular. His outline and Chengguan's each form a system of their own; both are recorded, and neither is adjudicated.
  • Zhiyan's outline: Zhiyan determines that these three chapters divide in two, the first two being the introductory expedient and the last the proper doctrine; and that this first chapter has two, first substance and function and second the interfusion of substance, within the interfusion being three, namely body, speech, and mind; and that from “at that time that heaven-king” onward is the coming to conditions and gathering in for transformation, of which the text has six. He further displays by the progressive increase of the names of the halls that the marks of virtue of loving-kindness and compassion increase as they turn toward beings — the third assembly speaks of the hall only, the fourth discusses its adornment only, the fifth says “adorned with all jewels,” the sixth says maṇi jewels, and so on. It is recorded and not adjudicated.
  • The ancient explanations of the ancient worthies and the appraisal of them: for the passage on beholding the Buddha's excellent virtues Chengguan takes the twenty-one kinds of excellent merit as his determination, and in the Yanyi chao he appraises two accounts of his predecessors — Xianshou explains it as ten gates, which he takes to be a gathering of particular senses under a general name, in every case not exhausting the principle, and which moreover, in its conclusion, does not set out inner virtue and outer mark, and whose inner virtue does not set out merit and wisdom, so that it cannot gather in the many virtues of the text above; and the Kanding ji outlines it as sixteen sets of the three kinds of action, which he takes to be lacking in the three kinds of action in many of its segments, so that it too does not dispose of the text. Both accounts he determines to be “near but partial,” while he grants of his own account that “on the present explanation not one sentence is left over.” It is recorded, and not adjudicated.
  • The divergent translations recorded together without adjudication: the eighty-fascicle and the sixty-fascicle texts differ in the name of the seat (Maṇi Treasury against Wish-Fulfilling Jewel Treasury), in the number of sentences on the seat's virtues (eleven sentences against thirteen kinds of full marks), in the words of invitation (three sayings of “Welcome” with five titles against two sayings with two titles), in the heaven-king's gaining of benefit (the music blazing on without ceasing against all the sounds of music becoming still and without sound), and in the names of the ten buddhas and of the ten halls; while for the numeral the two texts alike have “a million koṭis,” the eighty-fascicle text having three hundred and two occurrences in this chapter and the sixty-fascicle three hundred and twelve within the compass of this chapter. The two texts are recorded together, with no adjudication of better and worse.
  • 〔not found〕: this chapter has no separately circulating treatise that quotes the scripture and explains it, unlike “The Ten Grounds,” which has the Shidi jing lun; the lack is recorded. In the Shixuan men a search for the word for Tuṣita yields no hits at all; the lack is recorded. In the Huayan jing zhigui and the Kongmu zhang the several occurrences of the word for Tuṣita all belong to the mention of matters elsewhere or of the sequence of the chapters, and are not text that quotes and explains this chapter; they are not taken as attestation for this chapter.

品二十四 兜率宮中偈讚品Verses of Praise in the Palace of the Tuṣita Heaven

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

佛又一次坐著不說話,而這次說話的十位都叫「幢」

這一品的格局,讀過〈須彌頂上偈讚品〉〈夜摩宮中偈讚品〉的人一望而知:十方各來一位大菩薩,各帶萬佛剎微塵數眷屬;佛放光;然後十位菩薩輪流說偈,世尊自己一個字也沒說。三會三度重演同一個結構,而每一度換一組名字。第三會十位菩薩名字全帶「慧」,第四會全帶「林」,這一會全帶「幢」;世界之名,第四會全帶「慧」,這一會全以「妙」為首;佛號,第四會全帶「眼」,這一會又回到「幢」——連佛號也與菩薩同字,這是前兩會沒有的。

澄觀判這一品的來意,說前一品明的是化主赴感,這一品明的是助化讚揚,並且要顯出這一位的位體所依。他的宗趣一門說得更直:這一品以集眾、放光、偈讚為宗,而以「為說迴向」為趣——整品是下一品十迴向的引信。李通玄說得更白:這一品是為了成就十迴向之中的因果法門,所以必須來。

排一個誤讀:不要把十段偈當成十篇輪流的讚美詞。落到讀法上——這一百首偈是在你進入「十迴向」之前,把「佛」這個字裡面還能被抓住的東西,一樣一樣拿掉;而拿掉的方式與前兩會不同,這一會拿掉的是「時間」「處所」「內外」「一多」「有無」這五類抓法。

幢:三賢走到頭的那個字

十位菩薩名字末字全同,都是「幢」;十尊佛的名號末字也全同,也是「幢」。澄觀不把它讀成修辭,他列了五個理由:一是高出義,表三賢之位到了頂;二是建立義,大悲大智建立眾生與菩提;三是歸向義,大悲攝取眾生、智願攝取善法,一起歸向菩提與實際;四是摧殄義,像猛將的旗幢,降伏一切魔軍;五是滅怖畏義,像帝釋的寶幢,對惑與業不生怖畏。他並且點明:五義是總,而十位各自的別名,表的是十迴向的行體,要到偈頌處才顯。

這五義有來歷。澄觀在《演義鈔》裡自己說明:舊有七義,他省去了兩個——因為「堅固」就是「不為他壞」、依所引之經可攝在建立之中,而「他不壞」又可攝在滅怖畏之中。他還舉了《涅槃經》裡「修戒定慧如帝釋幢,不移轉故」一句作滅怖之證。這一段最值得學的不是結論,是他刪目的方式:不是嫌多,是查出兩個目彼此可攝,於是合併。

排一個誤:不要把「幢」讀成一面插在戰場上的旗子而已。落地處:十位菩薩名字裡的「幢」是位次記號——讀到這一品,就是讀到三賢(十住、十行、十迴向)的最後一段路;《演義鈔》在全品末尾也正是這樣收的,說這一段前兩會沒有、後面也沒有,因為這是三賢的最後。

十個「妙」世界與十尊「幢」佛:名字就是十迴向的目錄

十個世界的名字全以「妙」為首:妙寶、妙樂、妙銀、妙金、妙摩尼、妙金剛、妙波頭摩、妙優鉢羅、妙栴檀、妙香。澄觀說何以皆稱妙——迴向之力雖微,善卻彌滿於法界;而這十個別名,表的正是十迴向所修的法門。他逐一配下去:救護眾生離眾生相最為可貴,所以是妙寶;得不壞信、常為樂因,所以是妙樂;等佛白淨,所以是妙銀;如金遍至諸色像,所以是妙金;出用無盡如摩尼;善根堅固如金剛;隨順眾生而不染塵;真如之因如水中生華,最為殊勝;如白栴檀能去熱惱之縛著;如香氣能普遍周遍——他並在最後繫到下文彌勒座前燒一丸香而香雲彌滿法界之事。

十尊佛的別名也一樣是目錄,只是配的是智與果。澄觀說佛號同名幢,義理與菩薩不異;別名則表所修的十向之智,也表當位之果:救護之心不可窮盡,所以成無盡幢佛;如空中之風,不住也不壞,所以是風幢佛;等同佛之解脫,所以是解脫幢佛;四威儀中無所不至,所以是威儀幢佛;明了功德之相,所以是明相幢佛;常能隨順善根,所以是常幢佛;隨順眾生而善為最勝,所以是最勝幢佛;同於真如而得自在,所以是自在幢佛;淨而無垢染、不被縛著,所以是梵幢佛;觀察就是入法界,所以是觀察幢佛。

李通玄走的是另一條軌。他把十位菩薩逐一配十波羅蜜:金剛幢是檀(布施),堅固幢是戒,勇猛幢是忍,光明幢是精進,智幢是定,寶幢是以大悲大智善施教網、名為寶幢,精進幢是第七方便行,離垢幢(他牒作「無垢幢」)是第八願波羅蜜,星宿幢是力波羅蜜、如星宿大小皆明而善知眾根,法幢是智波羅蜜。他還說了一句很好記的話:世間以土地山河為世界,有智的人以智德妙用為世界。

排一個誤:不要把這三十個名號當成三十件要背的東西。落地處:這三組名字是這一品的目次——你若讀完十段偈仍覺得散,回頭把名字排一次,就會看見十段各對著十向的一門。至於澄觀所配與李通玄所配並不相同,這是古德異說,並錄不判。

座體只說「妙寶」,光放在膝輪上

三會的座體不一樣,澄觀把它排成一條線:十住位以慧光遍照,所以座體是毘盧遮那藏;十行位以行淨離垢,所以座體是摩尼藏;到了十迴向位,大悲處於生死、普該萬法而不拘於一,所以座體只直說「妙寶」,不限定顏色種類——因為教與行遍周而籠攝眾生,就像那寶網彌覆在座上一樣。經文此處作「化作妙寶藏師子之座,寶網彌覆,周匝遍滿」,一字未多,而澄觀從「不限色類」四字上讀出了位次。

放光的地方也換了。第四會佛從兩足上放光,這一會經文作「從兩膝輪」。澄觀給了三個理由:位漸高,所以放光之處也漸高;膝有屈申進趣之相,正表迴因向果;又悲與智互相引導,屈申而無所住。法藏於六十本同處說「兩膝放者,過前足指,表行漸勝」;智儼說膝是表進的方便之相。李通玄則把五個位次的放光處排成一條線:十信在足下輪中、十住在足指端、十行在足趺、十迴向在膝上、十地在眉間——他讀出的是同一件事,位次在昇進。

排一個誤:不要去想那道光有多亮、膝蓋在什麼姿勢。落地處:這一品裡光的作用是讓『彼此互見』成為看得見的事——經文緊接著就說,那邊的菩薩見到這裡的神變,這裡的菩薩見到那邊的神變。若沒有這一照,後面十位說「普觀十方」就只是一句斷言。

二十句十對,與「數」字裡的真俗鎔融

放光分的末段,經文用二十句話讚這些菩薩的德。澄觀把這二十句束成十對:離障成身、入剎近佛、用速心淨、外護內證、能覺所覺、用廣證深、得智生身、行深解廣、智極定深、得通立法。第九對他特別點出:這一位之中所顯的正是「金剛幢」這個名字——金剛定就是菩提智。也就是說,會主的名字不是從外面安上去的,是從這二十句德裡長出來的。

第十對「得通立法」牽出全品最密的一段。經文說這些菩薩「於一切數,雖無所著,善能修學,成就究竟」。澄觀先分「數」有兩種:一是數量之數,二是凡色心有為都叫作數。他說這裡兩義都有——因為不執著一與多,所以能建立一切;因為不執著於有,所以能安立。接著他寫下這一品最被引用的一段話:世俗幻有之相,相本自空;勝義真空之理,理常自有。有是「空有」而非「常有」,所以這個有未曾不空;空是「有空」而非「斷空」,所以這個空何嘗不有。有空與空有,體是一個而名字不同;因為名字不同,所以真俗互相乖違而迢然不雜;因為體是一個,所以空有相順而冥然不二。

排一個誤:這不是在玩『空即是有、有即是空』的繞口令。澄觀最後一句才是要害——菩薩的智契入了它的源頭,所以雖然逈然絕待、無所寄託,卻仍然善於修習安立。落地處:迴向這一位的難處正在此——要一面知道無所得,一面仍把善根一件件安立起來迴向出去;讀懂這一段,下一品那些「願一切眾生」才不會讀成濫情。

金剛幢菩薩十偈:金剛不是只用來喻智慧

會主是金剛幢。澄觀說這名字含總含別:總的說,迴向不出悲與智二事。金剛者,堅而且利——就悲中之智說,二乘的實際壞不了它,這是堅;能斷難斷之惑,這是利,所以偈中說「智慧到彼岸」。就智中之悲說,愛與見動不了它,這是堅;無所不救,這是利,所以偈文遍佛剎而利生。

接著他下了一個少見的破:所以要知道金剛不是只用來譬喻智慧。攻治般若的人不得此意,光看名字,就單把金剛拿去喻般若,不去看經文裡悲濟九類眾生而實無所度——悲與智互相引導,才是真實的不共般若。他引經為證:金剛只從金剛處與金處生,不從別的寶處生;菩提心這個金剛也一樣,只從大悲救護眾生的金剛處、一切智智殊勝境界的金處而生。這是澄觀在本品裡唯一一次直接彈斥前人,繫屬清楚,不必轉成經文自說。

十偈他判為二分:前八讚佛勝德,後二結勸修行。前八又分三層——前五是寂而常用,第六是用而常寂,後二是無礙自在;而前五之中再分三:前二說無生滅而示現生滅,次二說非色聲而現色聲,後一說無來去而示來去。

逐首看。第一首是全品最狠的開場:如來並沒有出世,也沒有涅槃,只是以本願之力示現這自在之法——先把佛傳的兩端(降生與滅度)一起拿掉。第二首寄對顯深:這法難思議、不是心所行處,要智慧到彼岸才見諸佛境;澄觀說心一有心相,動就不能行,所以難思,智無智相才叫到彼岸。第三首拿掉色與聲:色身不是佛,音聲也一樣;但也不離色聲而見佛的神通力——「亦不離」三字是這一首的活口。第四首說少智不能知,久修清淨業才能了;澄觀說少智是指權小,久修是指圓機。第五首拿掉來去:正覺無來處、去也無所從,清淨妙色身是神力故顯現;澄觀說覺處即現、不從何方而來,迷處自無、不從此處而去。第六首轉入用:無量世界中示現如來身、廣說微妙法,而其心無所著。第七、第八兩首是無礙自在:一首說智慧無邊際、了達一切法而普入法界,一首說眾生及諸法了達皆無礙而普現眾色像遍一切剎;澄觀說前者是了事理無礙而起用自在,後者是了生法無礙而起用自在。後二首結勸:第九首勸修智進行——欲求一切智、速成無上覺,應以淨妙心修菩提行;第十首勸修福斷疑——若見如來這樣的威神力,就當供養最勝尊而勿生疑。

排一個誤:第一首不是說釋迦沒有出生過。落地處:整品的讀法在這裡定調——凡是你能指著說『這就是佛』的東西(出世、涅槃、色、聲、來、去),這十段都要一件件拿掉;而拿掉之後不是沒有,是「示現自在法」。

堅固幢菩薩十偈:把「想修」這件事拆成五樣東西

第二位是堅固幢。澄觀說這名字有三重理由:表不壞迴向、菩提心堅固、觀佛而無厭足。他判十頌多在明『如來為眾生所依』之德,分二:前三讚佛勝德,後七勸修並辨其益。

前三首。第一首明佛體離言:如來勝無比、甚深不可說,出過言語道而清淨如虛空。第二首是無相現相:你看那人中師子的自在神通力——他自己已經離於分別,卻能令人在分別中見到他;這一句是全段的樞紐,把「佛不分別」與『眾生見到分別相』一次接上。第三首說現相的所以然:導師為開演甚深微妙法,因為這個因緣,才現此無比之身——身是為說法而現,不是為好看而現。

後七首舉修行有益,反過來顯佛德之深。第四首指德勸依:這是大智慧、諸佛所行處,若想了知就應常親近佛。第五、六、七三首示能入者,令人思齊:意業常清淨、供養如來而無疲厭,就能入佛道;具無盡功德、堅住菩提心,疑網因此而除、觀佛無厭足;通達一切法才是真佛子,這樣的人能了知諸佛自在力——每一首都是先舉行、後彰其益。

第八、九、十三首是正勸進修,而澄觀在這裡插入了教理最密的一段。他說進修略有五法:欲、精進、念、巧慧、一心。第八首明「欲」——廣大智慧所說:欲是諸法之本,所以應起勝希望、志求無上覺;他並說下二句是要揀別掉惡欲,才叫「勝希望」。第九首明「念」——若尊敬佛、念報佛恩,那人終不離一切諸佛住。第十首明「巧慧」,而且是反面說的——哪有有智慧的人,於佛已得見聞,卻不修清淨願、不履佛所行道?他說前二首是正明,這一首是反顯;至於一心與精進,就攝在「志求」二字裡。他還引慈氏論所引《醍醐喻經》的九善,說一切法以欲為根本、作意所生、觸所集起、受所引攝、以念為主、定為上首、慧為最勝、解脫為堅固、出離為後邊——有前面未必有後面,有後面就一定要有前面,所以先說欲為其本。

排一個誤:「欲為諸法本」不是叫人放縱貪欲。澄觀已經先揀過了——要的是勝希望,不是惡欲。落地處:這一段是全品裡最可以照著做的一節。你若問『我該從哪裡起手』,答案是從第一樣起手:先有想要的心,其餘的才排得上。

勇猛幢菩薩十偈:見佛是因緣和合的事

第三位是勇猛幢。澄觀說這名字取的是以淨心智力見佛盡其源底、等同一切佛,所以名勇猛。他判十頌分二:前六明感應道交、見佛聞法,後四令人捨偽求真、拂去見聞之相。前六首中,前五首都是上半譬喻、下半法合。

前二首說見佛。第一首是全段的骨:譬如明淨的眼睛因日光而看見眾色,淨心也是這樣,藉佛力而見如來。澄觀把三件事各配一位:淨心如淨眼,是見的因;佛力如日,是見的緣;如來如色,是見的境。他接著舉兩個反例——人進到暗室裡什麼都看不見,這是只有因而不見;明淨的日光下瞎子仍看不見,這是只有緣而不見。所以見佛是因緣和合才能成就的事。第二首偏舉於感、以因奪緣:如以精進力能盡海之源底,智力也如是而得見無量佛。

後四首說聞法。第三首顯因能生法:譬如良沃田所種必滋長,這樣的淨心地能出生諸佛法。第四、五兩首顯得法之益,而所得不同:第四首「如人獲寶藏,永離貧窮苦」,澄觀說這是得權智、能離所知心之垢;第五首「譬如伽陀藥,能消一切毒」,他說這是有根本智、能除煩惱之患——兩首連讀,正是二智各除一障。第六首顯緣:真實善知識為如來所稱讚,因為他的威神之力,才得聞諸佛法。

後四首捨偽求真。第七首示偽令捨:縱使無數劫以財寶施佛,若不知佛的實相,這也不叫布施——住相而施故。第八首與第九首顯真佛:無量眾色相莊嚴佛身,卻不是在色相之中就能見佛;如來等正覺寂然恆不動,卻能普現身遍滿十方界——澄觀說前者是即相非相所以非色能見,後者是即寂而應所以也不可以「寂」去取他。第十首顯真法:譬如虛空界不生不滅,諸佛之法也是這樣,畢竟無生滅。

排一個誤:第七首不是說布施沒有用。澄觀點的是「住相施故」四字。落地處:把第一首與第七首合看,這一段給的是一個很實際的檢查——見不到、修不進,先問是因不足(心不淨)還是緣不足(沒遇到真善知識),而不是先問自己夠不夠虔誠。

光明幢菩薩十偈:佛身不是變化,也不是非變化

第四位是光明幢。澄觀說這名字有兩層:以大悲之力運起智慧之光,照破那重重的昏暗而無所不至;又以智慧令諸善根無所不至——所以這一段多顯如來即體而起化用、周遍普及之德。他判十頌分三:第一首明化用之廣,中間七首明化用之深,末二首雙結。

第一首說廣:人間及天上一切諸世界,都普見如來清淨妙色身——先把「處」鋪滿。

中間七首說深,而澄觀把它們再分四層。前四首雙明能依與所依:第二首總明一多無礙——譬如一心之力能生種種心,這樣一佛身也普現一切佛;澄觀說這是依一總心而變出多個心王與心所,於一實佛而應化多端,所以無礙。第三首說相與二的無礙——菩提無二法、亦無諸相,卻在二法之中現相莊嚴身;他說這是無相而現相、無二而現二。第四首顯依性而起——了法性空寂、如幻而生起,所行無有盡,導師如是現;他說起不異於性,所以如幻而無盡。第五首說從法身流出——三世一切佛法身悉清淨,隨其所應化而普現妙色身。第六首拂能化之心——如來不起念說我要作這樣的身,是自然而示現、未曾起分別;澄觀取摩尼珠為喻,說它無私而成事。第七首拂所依之體——法界無差別、亦無所依止,而於世間示現無量身;他說法界本自無差,也沒有一個定有的東西可以作為化的依止。

第八首是全段最密的一首,也是四層裡的第四層——雙融自在:佛身非變化,亦復非非化;於無化法中,示有變化形。澄觀先揀「非非化」三字:這是假借「非化」來遣「化」,不是說它就是「非化」這個東西。然後他開二門。開義門裡,真有二義:不變義——雖然在化而常自湛然,是上半句所顯;隨緣義——不守自性而無所不現,所以說「亦復非非化」。化也有二義:無體即空義——攬緣而無自性,所以說「於無化法中」;從緣幻有義,所以說「示有變化形」。融合門裡,先真化各別相合,成『亦真亦非真、非真非不真』與『亦化亦非化、非化非不化』;再真化融通,最後他收在一句:現化紛然而未嘗不寂,真性湛然而未曾不化——真與化鎔融為一個無礙清淨法界。

末二首雙結。第九首結歸於體:正覺不可量,與法界虛空相等,深廣無涯底而言語道悉絕;澄觀說等法界故深無底、等虛空故廣無涯。第十首舉因釋成:如來善通達一切處行道,法界眾國土所往皆無礙——所以法界之所以無礙,是因為智與行遍到。

排一個誤:第八首不是在繞『是也不是』的話。澄觀已經給了一個很好的比方(見於《演義鈔》):夜裡看見木樁以為是人,智者告訴你『這不是人』,那只是否掉你心裡「人」的執,可是愚人聽了就以為那木樁是「非人」、非人就是鬼,人執雖去而鬼執又起。落地處:讀這一首時,凡是你順手接住的那個新答案,都要再放掉一次。

智幢菩薩十偈:譬如淨滿月,普現一切水

第五位是智幢。澄觀說這名字有兩重:於佛寂用之境決斷無礙,又以智導引萬行而出生無盡。他判十頌分二:第一首標章勸信,後九首是所信的勝德;後九之中第二首是總,其餘八首是別。

第一首標章:若人能信受一切智無礙而修習菩提行,他的心就不可測量——澄觀說這是信有修行之益。第二首是總:一切國土中普現無量身,而身不在處、亦不住於法;他說上半是用而無盡、下半是寂而無住,不著應現之處、不住法之體,就是本末雙寂。

別中前二首明無盡。第三首說一一如來以神力示現之身,不可思議劫算數莫能盡;第四首以校量顯之:三世諸眾生都還可以知道數目,如來所示現的其數卻不可得。澄觀點得很準——眾生可數,佛不可數。

後六首明無礙,澄觀再分三層。前四首是一異無礙,而且是『法、喻、合、釋』四步走完的:第五首是法——或時示一二乃至無量身,普現十方剎而其實無二種;第六首是喻,也是全品最著名的一喻——譬如清淨的滿月普現在一切水中,影像雖然無量,本來的月未曾有二;第七首是合——這樣的無礙智成就等正覺,普現一切剎而佛體亦無二;第八首是釋——非一亦非二、亦復非無量,隨其所應化而示現無量身。四首連著讀,是這一品裡最完整的一次論式示範。第九首是延促無礙:佛身非過去、亦復非未來,一念之中現出出生、成道及涅槃——把三世壓進一念。第十首是性相無礙:如幻所作之色無生亦無起,佛身亦如是、示現而無有生。

排一個誤:月印萬川這個喻,最容易被讀成『佛只有一個,影子有很多』。第七首自己擋住了——它說的是「佛體亦無二」,不是『真佛在天上、假佛在水裡』。第八首更把「一」也否掉:非一亦非二。落地處:你此刻所見的那一分佛,不是次等的影子,也不是唯一的正身;問『哪個才是真的』這句話本身,就是第八首要你放下的。

寶幢菩薩十偈:如來得菩提,實不繫於日

第六位是寶幢。澄觀說這名字取的是以圓淨之智照平等之理,不礙應現而隨順一切,如摩尼寶。他判十頌分二:前五總顯難思,後五逈超時數。

前五首。第一、二首正明:佛身無有量而能示有量身,隨其所應覩而導師如是現,這是超量而現量;佛身無處所而充滿一切處,如空無邊際而難思議,這是超處而遍處。第三到第五首是「展轉釋成」——澄觀用一串自問自答把它們串起來:何以難思?因為若身若處都不是生滅心所行之境(第三首)。何以不是心境?因為佛自己不起心。何以不起心?因為體無生滅。那既然如此,何以我們現在明明見到?第四首答:像有翳的眼睛所看見的,取的是自己的色分齊,別當作實有。那這樣說,難道沒有如來出現於世嗎?第五首答:那是自己的機感罷了——為饒益眾生故如來出世間,眾生見有出而其實無興於世。他並引《諸法無行經》為證:如來不出世、也不度眾生,是眾生強加分別,作出一個佛在度眾生。

後五首超時。第六首結前而標:不可以國土、晝夜而見佛,歲月一剎那當知悉如是。第七到第十首別顯超時,而澄觀在這裡完整地立了一次因明的量。第七首立宗:上半「眾生如是說,某日佛成道」是牒述妄情,下半才是正立——菩提是有法,「定不繫時」是宗法。第八首立三因:如來離分別,所以智無分別;非世,所以三世不遷;超諸數,所以體非有為之數。第九首舉同喻:譬如淨日輪不與昏夜合,而人說某日某夜。第十首合而結:三世一切劫不與如來合,而說三世佛。澄觀還特別指出第十首的合語是倒的——若順著說,應當是「一切諸如來不與三世合」。

排一個誤:這五首不是在否定佛誕、成道的紀念。第九首自己給了分寸——日輪本身不與昏夜相合,可是人照樣說某日某夜,這說法並沒有錯。落地處:紀念日是『隨映而說』,不是『佛真的繫在那一天』;懂了這個分別,就既不必廢掉紀念,也不會把紀念當成佛的本身。

精進幢菩薩十偈:身同,義也同

第七位是精進幢。澄觀說這名字取的是勤觀如來真身與應身皆同,因而能平等隨順一切眾生。他判十頌分二:第一首總標,其餘九首別釋。

第一首:一切諸導師身同、義亦然,普於十方剎隨應種種現。澄觀把「身同」與「義同」分開講。身同,是三身十身都同。義同,他說含有好幾層意思:就三身說,體、依、聚三義無不同,所覺、能覺、覺他也同;又「義」就是「所以」——之所以得名為佛,是因為正覺真智、力、無畏等無不具足,佛佛都是這樣,所以義同;又應化利樂之用無不同,他並引《攝論》「諸佛法身應知恒時能作五業」為證。就十身說,都通於三世間,彼此互望沒有差別,而所以如此有三個原因:行海齊滿、大願齊具、同一法性——不只是相似,而是一即一切互相融攝。他又順手把「普」開為二義:一約諸佛,沒有一位佛不遍十方;二約一佛,沒有一方而不現。

後九首別釋,澄觀分為前四首正釋、後五首轉釋。正釋四首:第二首釋「普於十方無餘」——你看牟尼世尊所作甚奇特,充滿於法界而一切悉無餘。第三首釋「現」——佛身不在內也不在外,神力故顯現;他說有感才現所以說非內,是神力能現所以說非外。第四首釋「隨應種種」——隨諸眾生類先世所集之業,種種身示現各不同。第五首回頭結成第一首的「身同」而顯難思——諸佛身如是、無量不可數,唯除大覺尊無有能思議;他說唯除大覺,是因為佛佛同證。

轉釋五首,澄觀說是從後往前倒著釋上面四首的。第六、七兩首釋第五首的「無能思議」:第六首以「我」為喻——如以我難思、心業莫能取,佛難思亦爾;他說妄計的「我」本來就沒有,所以不可思,這是情有而理無、非聖智之境,用來比況法身的理有而情無、非下位所能測。第七首以佛剎為喻——如剎不可思而見淨莊嚴,佛難思亦爾而妙相無不現;他說這是雖絕相難思而不礙有相。第八首釋第四首的隨業異現——譬如一切法眾緣故生起,見佛亦復然、必假眾善業。第九首釋第三首的非內非外——譬如隨意珠能滿眾生心,如珠現物,雖非內外而能滿物之心。第十首釋第二首的充滿法界——無量國土中導師興於世,隨其願力故普應於十方;他說所以能滿,是因為本願普周。

排一個誤:不要把「身同義亦然」讀成『所有佛其實是同一尊』。第一首下半已經給了另一半:隨應種種現。落地處:這一段解決的是一個很常見的疑——既然佛佛道同,為什麼各人所見的佛不一樣?第四首與第八首合起來就是答案:不同的不在佛,在先世所集之業與眾緣。

離垢幢菩薩十偈:以佛為境界,專念而不息

第八位是離垢幢。澄觀說這名字取的是真如之體本淨,能成就白淨之法,又能清淨世間。他判十頌多歎如來的淨德,分二:前六首是淨他,後四首是自淨。

前六首中,前二首總明。第一首是智淨:如來大智光普淨諸世間,世間既淨已,開示諸佛法;澄觀說妄惑既寂而真智不無,開示無我、知見性相,所以名為法。第二首是身淨:設有人欲見與眾生數目相等的佛,沒有不順應其心的,而其實無有來處;他說這是拂去應身而顯真身。

後四首是別釋,而次第是倒的——前二首釋第二偈,後二首釋第一偈。第三首正明欲見諸佛應當專於佛境:以佛為境界、專念而不息,這人得見佛,其數與心相等;澄觀說隨念而隨現,所以名「心等」,又說了知心與境即是佛的真性,迷了就不知、念了就便現。第四首轉釋「專念」何以可能:成就白淨法、具足諸功德,他對於一切智專念而心不捨——因為無漏具德,所以能專念。第五首釋「普淨世間」:導師為眾生如應演說法,隨於可化之處普現最勝身——說法與現身都能淨他。第六首釋「開示佛法」:佛身及世間一切皆無我,悟此成正覺,復為眾生說——澄觀說這是示其所悟的二無我。

後四首自淨。第七首是已淨差別之用:一切人師子有無量自在力,示現與念相等的身而其身各不同。後三首是內淨三德。第八首見性成佛、自開法身:世間如是身,諸佛身亦然,了知其自性,是則說名佛。第九首無得成佛、自開般若:如來普知見、明了一切法,而佛法及菩提二俱不可得;澄觀說佛法是所覺、菩提是能覺,能所必定相因,所以二者都不可得,而無所得的那個人才得菩提。第十首離妄成佛、自開解脫:導師無來去、亦復無所住,遠離諸顛倒,是名等正覺;他說妄倒既寂,名為真解脫。

排一個誤:第三首「其數與心等」不是說你想見幾尊就有幾尊、心想事成。第二首已經先寫死了——「而實無來處」。落地處:這一段給了一個很少見的次第——先專念、後知其無所得。不是先把「不可得」想通了再去念佛,而是念到那個『所見與心相等』的地方,才知道能所本來相因。

星宿幢菩薩十偈:誰能思議佛?

第九位是星宿幢。澄觀說這名字取的是解了佛遍應法界之身而不離於法性,就像那些星宿粲然羅列在空中而不可縛著。他判十頌分三:前三首總顯即體之應,中間六首別釋體應自在,最後一首拂去自在之迹。

前三首。第一首約處顯身之遍:如來無所住而普住一切剎,一切土皆往、一切處咸見。澄觀在這裡分了四層:就法性身說則無所住,就自受用說則無所不住、名為普住,就他受用與變化身說則有感則往、所以說一切土皆往,若就十身說則無處不是佛、所以說一切處咸見。第二首約機顯身之多:佛隨眾生心普現一切身,成道、轉法輪以及般涅槃——八相之事都由眾生感而有。第三首結歎難思,也是全段的骨:諸佛不思議,誰能思議佛?誰能見正覺?誰能現最勝?澄觀說首句是總標,下三句顯相——二句約感者不能思,思惟是就心說、見則通於心與眼,末句約應現難思,所以說「誰能現」。這三個問句,是後面六首的題目。

中間六首,澄觀說前三首順著釋、後三首反著釋。順釋三首各答一問。第四首答「誰能現」:一切法皆如,諸佛境亦然,乃至無一法於如中有生滅——現就同於如,因為無生滅。第五首答「誰能思」:眾生妄分別說這是佛、這是世界,了達法性的人則無佛無世界——起心而思,就是妄分別有依報有正報,而法性之中能所俱寂。第六首答「誰能見」:如來普現前令眾生信喜,而佛體不可得、彼亦無所見——能應是隨緣,體本自無,那能感的機究竟見到了什麼?

反釋三首,澄觀說是由『無思、無見』反過來顯出前面『有思、有見』者不了佛境。第七首是無思之思:若能於世間遠離一切著,以無礙心歡喜,就能於法得開悟——要無著無礙才行。第八首是無現之現:神力之所現,就把這個叫作佛,而三世一切時求之悉無所有——神力之現,其體本虛。第九首是無見之見:若能這樣了知心、意及諸法,一切悉知見,就疾得成如來——踏著前面的「無所有」而見,這樣稱實之見不只是見佛,還能疾成。

第十首拂迹:言語中顯示一切佛自在,正覺超語言而假以語言說。澄觀說上面講了半天自在,也還是假借言詮;正覺既然超言,所以要把言的痕跡也拂掉——而「超言」這句話本身也還是假的,應當忘言而契之。

排一個誤:第三首那三個問句不是修辭性的感嘆。它們是題目,後面六首一題一題答,答完再把答案本身拂掉。落地處:這是全品收得最徹底的一段——你若讀完覺得『我懂了佛不可思議』,第十首正是為這句話寫的。

法幢菩薩十偈:寧可受盡世間苦,不願見不到他

第十位是法幢。澄觀說這名字取的是知真實之法而普入法界,則所修之行皆無分量;又說知法即名為佛,所以這一段先讚見佛之益。他判十頌雙顯佛與法二者之難聞,分二:前四首讚佛而勸人聞見,後六首讚法而勸人聞求。

前四首。第一首是正令:寧可恆常具足領受一切世間之苦,也終究不遠離如來、不願見不到他的自在力——這是全品情感最重的一句,也是唯一一句以「寧可」立言的。後三首釋其所以,澄觀說是略舉三事。第二首是聞名之益:若有眾生未發菩提心,一得聞佛名就決定成菩提。第三首是發心之益:若有智慧人一念發道心,必成無上尊,慎莫生疑惑。第四首是生信之益:如來自在力無量劫難遇,若生一念之信,就速登無上道。澄觀把四首合起來說:既然受苦還能得聞而成就這樣的勝益,那受樂而見不到他,就免不了長久沉淪——所以應當甘於受苦而親近佛。

後六首讚法。澄觀說已經遇到良醫,還須要法藥;六首分三對,前二對各一反一順。第一對由聞實法而能成行法:第五首反——設於念念中供養無量佛,若不知真實法,不名為供養;第六首順——若聞如是法(諸佛從此而生),雖經無量苦也不捨菩提行。第二對由聞理智而成果法:第七首順——一聞這大智慧、諸佛所入之法,就普於法界中成三世導師;第八首反——雖盡未來際遍遊諸佛剎,若不求此妙法,終不成菩提。第三對以感應釋成:第九首說佛興於世的由來——眾生無始以來生死久流轉,不了真實法,諸佛因此而興世;第十首說所說之法——諸法不可壞、亦無能壞者,自在大光明普示於世間。澄觀釋末首云:不動真際而建立諸法,所以性不可壞;不壞假名而說實相,所以相不可壞——這樣則天魔外道等一切都是法印,所以無能壞。

排一個誤:第五首不是說供養佛沒有功德。校量之所以成立,正因為『念念供養無量佛』那一邊也極重。落地處:把第一首與第五首合看,這一段回答的是全品最後一個實際問題——那我到底該做什麼?答案是:靠近他,並且求那個法;只做前一件而不做後一件,第八首已經先說了結果。

為什麼這一品讀完沒有結通

前幾會的偈讚品,說完偈之後通常還有一句結通十方——說十方世界也都是這樣。這一品沒有。澄觀為此特別立了一說:所以偈後沒有結通,是為了顯出法界之中一切兜率天宮所讚之德各各不同,就像那處處的文殊、偈偈各別,正顯佛德無盡。也就是說,不結通不是漏掉,是有意讓它不齊。

法藏於六十本所釋不同。他說這偈後本來應當有結通十方世界的話,只因為前面諸位菩薩各自都說了「普觀十方」,那就已經顯現出來了,所以不再多說。二說並錄不判:一說是為顯各別而不通,一說是已通故不必再說。

《演義鈔》另補了一層位次上的理由:這後面一段,前二會沒有;而此後也例同前二會而沒有——因為這是三賢的最後。

澄觀在全品之末還留了一句總持之語:這十位菩薩的偈,應當以六相圓融來讀。《演義鈔》把六相逐一配上:總是總顯佛德,別是十種德各殊,同是同明佛德,異是十德互望不同,成是共成佛德,壞是各住自性。法藏於六十本也以六相總會「上十菩薩百偈歎佛」,並自列六句:或總為一,以融會為一法界佛;或別,以十佛百門德差別;或同,以百偈無非顯佛德;或異,以門門相別;或成,由此德而佛果緣立;或壞,各住自法本不作。二家皆以六相收此百偈,而所配之目一繁一簡,並錄不判。

排一個誤:不要因為『沒有結通』就以為經文缺了一段。落地處:讀華嚴讀到不齊之處,先照原樣記著——這一品的不齊,古德是當作義來讀的。

承衍

本品之義為古德四軌所承,並錄不判。

澄觀一系:四門釋品——來意繫於助化讚揚並顯位體所依,釋名就十方菩薩於此宮中讚佛實德而立,宗趣以集眾放光偈讚為宗、為說迴向為趣;釋文判為集眾、放光、偈讚三分,集眾分內長分十段(總舉上首、眷屬數、來處遠近、主菩薩名、所從來剎、本所事佛、已修敬、善住威儀、放光利物、略讚勝德),末一段略讚勝德開十門;放光分四別,於膝輪立三義,其中歎眾德二十句束為十對;偈讚分判十菩薩即為十段而以十方如次配之,逐段各立釋名與偈科。其全品義理最密之處有三:放光分末「數有二種」下之真俗鎔融、金剛幢段「金剛不獨喻智」之破、光明幢段依真起化之開義與融合二門。其於堅固幢段立進修五法並引九善,於寶幢段立因明宗因喻而判「菩提是有法、定不繫時是宗法」,於星宿幢段以誰思誰見誰現三問貫六偈之順反,皆一段之綱。全品之末以六相圓融總收十段,並釋偈後無結通之意。

澄觀《演義鈔》:自釋疏語,於幢之五義指出所本七義而說明何以略去二義;為疏之十對逐句指出經文所在;於寶幢段之三因逐一作因明之量,並改作五言、七言之偈式以便誦持;於六相逐一標目;末並點出此後一段前後二會皆無,是三賢之最後。

法藏一系:於六十本〈兜率天宮菩薩雲集讚佛品〉釋名就處、人、身業、語業四者立,釋文判為集眾、放光、歎眾、歎佛四分,與澄觀三分開合不同;以國名堅固表所依之行成而難壞,以佛與菩薩同名幢表迴向善巧因果獨出攝伏;於放光處說兩膝過於前會之足指、表行漸勝;十法門明言應以六相融攝;逐段釋名與偈科自立一系(第四作夜光幢、第九作真實幢)。其於寶幢段「非心所行處」一句設佛地有無心心法之問,而以初教、終教、頓教、圓教四門分別作答,是本品他家所無之一段。末以六相六句總會百偈,並釋偈後無結通為諸菩薩各云普觀十方故已顯現。

智儼一系:疏文最簡而十段偈科具足;釋名立處、人、身儀、口業四義,釋文判為三序;於兩膝放光說是法身行中入佛境界增長勝妙之相、膝表進之方便相;釋金剛幢為自體真實、能消殄相累、超世之道標別勝負。其最可注意者有二:一是於寶幢段自設「何故科此經文多依三乘」之問而自答「所為人三乘者多」;二是於全品之末自留一路——也可以說這十位菩薩之德歎不須別科,一一句義就是一個方便法門,這是就一乘之意而取文。

李通玄一系:三門釋品,長科一品為十一段(集眾五十二行經,其餘十段各為一菩薩之十行頌);隨文釋義復於集眾分開十段、立十門。其軌與三家皆異者在配法——以十波羅蜜逐一配十菩薩,以十世界名表十向所修之行,以十佛名表當位之果並多取八卦方位為釋;又以十行位之「林」與十迴向位之「幢」對舉,說前者表行之覆蔭廣多、後者表大悲之行處生死大海而自智無傾動。其於星宿幢與法幢二頌合觀,說一者破著有、一者破著無,二頌相成而恐人墮於邊見。又其牒經之字與底本有異二處:離垢幢牒作無垢幢,「眾生妄分別」牒作「眾生有分別」,並錄不判。

四家所立之科段數不一(澄觀三分十段、法藏四分、智儼三序、李通玄十一段),所配之法不一(澄觀以十世界配十迴向法門、李通玄以十波羅蜜配十菩薩),逐段之釋名亦不一(第四位澄觀作光明幢而法藏作夜光幢,第九位澄觀作星宿幢而法藏作真實幢,係二本文異所致),古有異說,誌錄之,不判高下。

至於本品在他書中的承衍,據實記其少:智儼《孔目章》自列品目時作「兜率宮菩薩來說偈品第二十八」,品次與今本不同,係其自身品第異算;《華嚴經旨歸》五處提到兜率,皆是泛引兜率天或兜率天子十地之事,不是釋本品經文;《華嚴一乘十玄門》全書則零命中。本品也沒有像〈十地品〉那樣的牒經論釋。與〈夜摩宮中偈讚品〉相比,那一品出了「心如工畫師」一句而為後世廣引,這一品的百偈之中則未見同等被廣引之單句——這與本品的性質相符:它自始至終在遮,不在立一個可以被摘出來的名相。

最後說本品與前後之繫。上承〈昇兜率天宮品〉——前品是佛不離菩提樹下與須彌頂、夜摩天宮而往詣兜率天宮,這一品是十方菩薩來集而以偈讚;下接〈十迴向品〉——澄觀的宗趣一句已經把兩品扣成一事:這一品以偈讚為宗,而以為說迴向為趣。李通玄說得更直接:這一品是為了成就十迴向中的因果法門,所以必須來。十位菩薩的名字、他們所來的十個世界、他們所事的十尊佛,合起來就是下一品的目錄。

Once Again the Buddha Sits Without Speaking, and This Time the Ten Who Speak Are All Called “Banner”

Anyone who has read “Verses of Praise on the Summit of Sumeru” and “Verses of Praise in the Palace of the Yāma Heaven” sees at a glance the shape of this chapter: from each of the ten directions comes one great bodhisattva, each bringing a retinue as many as the dust-motes of ten thousand buddha-lands; the Buddha emits light; then the ten bodhisattvas speak verses by turns, and the World-Honored One himself does not say a single word. Three assemblies replay the same structure three times over, and each time a different set of names is put in. In the third assembly the names of the ten bodhisattvas all carry “Wisdom”; in the fourth they all carry “Grove”; in this one they all carry “Banner.” As for the names of the worlds, in the fourth assembly they all carry “Wisdom,” and in this one they all begin with “Wondrous”; as for the titles of the buddhas, in the fourth assembly they all carry “Eye,” and in this one they return again to “Banner” — so that even the buddhas' titles share a word with the bodhisattvas', which the two preceding assemblies did not have.

Chengguan, determining the reason for this chapter's coming, says that the preceding chapter made clear the lord of the converting responding to what stimulates him, while this chapter makes clear the extolling and praising that assists the converting, and that it is further to display what the substance of this station rests upon. His gate on the tenet and the aim says it still more directly: this chapter takes the gathering of the assembly, the emitting of light, and the verses of praise as its tenet, and takes “the expounding of the dedications” as its aim — the whole chapter is the fuse for the next chapter, “The Ten Dedications.” Li Tongxuan says it more plainly still: this chapter is in order to accomplish the Dharma-gate of cause and fruit within the ten dedications, and therefore it must come.

Clear away one misreading: do not take the ten segments of verse for ten hymns of praise delivered by turns. Brought down to how one reads — these hundred verses, before you enter upon “the ten dedications,” take away one thing at a time whatever can still be grasped hold of inside the word “Buddha”; and the manner of the taking away differs from that of the two preceding assemblies, for what this assembly takes away are these five sorts of grasping: “time,” “place,” “inner and outer,” “one and many,” and “being and non-being.”

Banner: The Word at Which the Three Worthy Stages Come to Their End

The last graph of the names of the ten bodhisattvas is the same in every case: “Banner”; and the last graph of the titles of the ten buddhas is likewise the same in every case, also “Banner.” Chengguan does not read this as a figure of speech; he sets out five reasons for it. The first is the sense of standing out high, betokening that the stations of the three worthy stages have reached their summit. The second is the sense of establishing, since great compassion and great wisdom establish sentient beings and awakening. The third is the sense of turning toward and going home, since great compassion gathers in sentient beings and wisdom and vow gather in what is good, and together they turn toward awakening and toward the true limit. The fourth is the sense of crushing and destroying, like the banner of a fierce general, subduing all the armies of Māra. The fifth is the sense of extinguishing fear, like the jeweled banner of Śakra, so that one gives rise to no fear of the afflictions and of karma. And he points out further: the five senses are the general, while the particular names of the ten bodhisattvas betoken the very substance of the practice of the ten dedications, which is not displayed until one reaches the verses.

These five senses have a provenance. Chengguan explains it himself in the Yanyi chao: there were formerly seven senses, and he has left two of them out — because “firm” just is “not to be destroyed by another,” which, according to the scripture he cites, can be subsumed under establishing; and “not destroyed by another” can in turn be subsumed under the extinguishing of fear. He also cites the line in the Nirvāṇa Sūtra, that one cultivates precepts, concentration, and wisdom “like the banner of Śakra, because it does not shift or turn,” as an attestation for the extinguishing of fear. What is most worth learning in this passage is not the conclusion but his manner of striking out an item: it is not that he found them too many, but that he found two items that could subsume one another, and so merged them.

Clear away one error: do not read “Banner” as merely a flag planted on a battlefield. Where it comes down: the “Banner” in the names of the ten bodhisattvas is a marker of the station one has reached — to read this chapter is to be reading the last stretch of the road of the three worthy stages (the ten abodes, the ten practices, the ten dedications); and the Yanyi chao, at the very end of the chapter, closes on just this note, saying that this passage is found neither in the two preceding assemblies nor afterward, because this is the last of the three worthy stages.

Ten “Wondrous” Worlds and Ten “Banner” Buddhas: The Names Are the Table of Contents of the Ten Dedications

The names of the ten worlds all begin with “Wondrous”: Wondrous Jewel, Wondrous Joy, Wondrous Silver, Wondrous Gold, Wondrous Maṇi, Wondrous Vajra, Wondrous Padma, Wondrous Utpala, Wondrous Sandalwood, Wondrous Fragrance. Chengguan says why they are all called wondrous — the power of dedication is slight, and yet the good fills the whole Dharma realm; and these ten particular names betoken precisely the Dharma-gates cultivated in the ten dedications. He matches them one by one: to rescue and guard sentient beings while being free of the mark of sentient beings is the most precious of all, hence Wondrous Jewel; to gain indestructible faith, which is constantly a cause of joy, hence Wondrous Joy; to be equal to the buddhas in white purity, hence Wondrous Silver; like gold, which reaches everywhere among all the forms and images, hence Wondrous Gold; issuing in a use that is inexhaustible, like the maṇi; roots of goodness firm as vajra; according with sentient beings and yet undefiled by dust; the cause that is suchness, like a flower born in water, which is most excellent of all; like white sandalwood, able to remove the bondage of the fever of affliction; like fragrance, able to reach everywhere throughout — and at the last he attaches this to the matter, further on in the scripture, of the single pellet of incense burned before Maitreya's seat, whose cloud of fragrance fills the whole Dharma realm.

The particular names of the ten buddhas are likewise a table of contents, only what they are matched with is wisdom and fruit. Chengguan says that the buddhas' titles share the name “Banner,” and that the import is no different from that of the bodhisattvas; while the particular names betoken the wisdom of the ten dedications that is cultivated, and betoken also the fruit of the present station: the mind of rescuing and guarding cannot be exhausted, hence the Buddha Inexhaustible Banner; like the wind in the sky, which neither abides nor is destroyed, hence the Buddha Wind Banner; equal to the liberation of the buddhas, hence the Buddha Liberation Banner; within the four deportments there is nowhere he does not reach, hence the Buddha Deportment Banner; clearly understanding the marks of merit, hence the Buddha Bright-Mark Banner; constantly able to accord with roots of goodness, hence the Buddha Constant Banner; according with sentient beings and being most excellent in goodness, hence the Buddha Most Excellent Banner; being the same as suchness and thereby gaining sovereign freedom, hence the Buddha Sovereign Banner; pure and undefiled and not bound, hence the Buddha Brahmā Banner; contemplation being just the entering into the Dharma realm, hence the Buddha Contemplation Banner.

Li Tongxuan travels along another track. He matches the ten bodhisattvas one by one to the ten perfections: Vajra Banner is dāna (giving), Firm Banner is discipline, Valiant Banner is patience, Light Banner is vigor, Wisdom Banner is concentration, Jewel Banner is the one who with great compassion and great wisdom well bestows the net of teaching and is therefore named Jewel Banner, Vigor Banner is the seventh, the practice of skillful means, Stainless Banner (which he presents as “Undefiled Banner”) is the eighth, the perfection of vow, Constellation Banner is the perfection of power, since like the constellations, great and small, all give light and he well knows the faculties of the multitude, and Dharma Banner is the perfection of wisdom. He also says one sentence that is easy to remember: the world takes soil and mountains and rivers for its worlds, while the man of wisdom takes the wondrous functioning of the virtue of wisdom for his world.

Clear away one error: do not take these thirty titles for thirty things to be memorized. Where it comes down: these three sets of names are the table of contents of this chapter — if, having read the ten segments of verse, you still feel them scattered, go back and lay the names out once, and you will see that each of the ten segments faces one gate of the ten dedications. As for the fact that what Chengguan matches and what Li Tongxuan matches are not the same, this is a divergence among the ancient worthies, and both are recorded without adjudication.

The Substance of the Throne Says Only “Wondrous Jewel,” and the Light Is Emitted at the Wheels of the Knees

The substance of the throne differs in the three assemblies, and Chengguan lays them out in a single line: the station of the ten abodes illumines everywhere with the light of insight, and therefore the substance of its throne is the Vairocana Treasury; the station of the ten practices is pure in practice and parted from defilement, and therefore the substance of its throne is the maṇi treasury; and by the time of the station of the ten dedications, since great compassion dwells within birth and death and comprehends the ten thousand dharmas everywhere without being confined to any one, the substance of the throne says only “wondrous jewel,” with no color or kind specified — because the teaching and the practice are everywhere complete and gather in sentient beings, just as that net of jewels is spread over the throne above. The scriptural text here reads “there was conjured up a lion throne of the treasury of wondrous jewels, with a net of jewels spread over it above, filling everywhere all around,” not one graph more, and yet from the four graphs “with no color or kind specified” Chengguan reads off the station.

The place of the emitting of light has changed as well. In the fourth assembly the Buddha emitted light from his two feet; in this assembly the scriptural text reads “from the wheels of his two knees.” Chengguan gives three reasons: as the station gradually rises, so the place of the emitting of light gradually rises; the knee has the aspect of bending and stretching and of advancing, which is precisely to betoken the turning of the cause toward the fruit; and further, compassion and wisdom lead one another, bending and stretching without dwelling anywhere. Fazang, at the same place in the sixty-fascicle text, says that “the emitting from the two knees passes beyond the former toes of the feet, betokening that the practice grows gradually more excellent”; Zhiyan says that the knee betokens the aspect of the skillful means of advancing. Li Tongxuan then lays out the places of the emitting of light at the five stations in a single line: the ten faiths in the wheels beneath the feet, the ten abodes at the tips of the toes, the ten practices on the insteps, the ten dedications upon the knees, the ten grounds between the eyebrows — what he reads off is the same matter, that the stations are rising in succession.

Clear away one error: do not go wondering how bright that light was or what posture the knees were in. Where it comes down: the function of the light in this chapter is to make ‘their seeing one another’ into something visible — the scriptural text says immediately afterward that the bodhisattvas over there saw the spiritual transformations here, and the bodhisattvas here saw the spiritual transformations over there. Without this one shining, the “contemplating everywhere the ten directions” of the ten who speak afterward would be no more than a bare assertion.

Twenty Clauses in Ten Pairs, and the Fusing of the Real and the Conventional within the Word “Number”

In the last passage of the portion on the emitting of light, the scriptural text uses twenty clauses to praise the virtues of these bodhisattvas. Chengguan binds the twenty clauses into ten pairs: leaving hindrances and perfecting the body; entering lands and drawing near the buddhas; swiftness of function and purity of mind; outward guarding and inward realizing; what is awakened to and what awakens; breadth of function and depth of realization; gaining wisdom and giving birth to the body; depth of practice and breadth of understanding; the utmost of wisdom and the depth of concentration; gaining the penetrations and establishing dharmas. Of the ninth pair he makes a special point: what is displayed within this station is precisely the name “Vajra Banner” — for the samādhi of the vajra just is the wisdom of awakening. That is to say, the lord of the assembly's name is not fastened on from outside; it grows out of these twenty clauses of virtue.

The tenth pair, “gaining the penetrations and establishing dharmas,” draws out the densest passage in the whole chapter. The scriptural text says that these bodhisattvas, “toward all numbers, although they clung to nothing, were well able to train in them and to accomplish them ultimately.” Chengguan first divides “number” into two kinds: first, number as quantity; second, whatever is form or mind and conditioned is likewise called number. He says that both senses are present here — because they do not cling to one and many, they are able to establish all things; because they do not cling to being, they are able to set things up. Then he writes down the passage of this chapter that has been most often cited: the mark of conventional illusory being is a mark from the first empty of itself; the principle of the real emptiness of the ultimate is a principle constantly of itself existing. Being is “empty being” and not “constant being,” and so this being has never not been empty; emptiness is “existent emptiness” and not “annihilating emptiness,” and so when has this emptiness ever not been existent? Empty being and existent emptiness are one in substance and different in name; because the names are different, the real and the conventional run counter to one another and stand far apart unmingled; because the substance is one, the empty and the existent accord with one another and merge darkly into no-two.

Clear away one error: this is not a playing at the tongue-twister ‘emptiness is just being, being is just emptiness.’ Chengguan's last sentence is the crux — the bodhisattva's wisdom enters into the source of it, and therefore, although utterly cut off and absolute with nothing to lodge in, he is nonetheless good at cultivating and setting up. Where it comes down: the difficulty of this station of dedication lies just here — one must on the one hand know that nothing is got, and on the other hand still set up one's roots of goodness one by one and dedicate them away; only when this passage has been understood will all those “may all sentient beings…” lines of the next chapter not be read as sentimentality.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Vajra Banner: The Vajra Is Not a Simile for Wisdom Alone

The lord of the assembly is Vajra Banner. Chengguan says that this name holds both the general and the particular: generally speaking, dedication does not go beyond the two matters of compassion and wisdom. Vajra means firm and also sharp — taking it as the wisdom within compassion, the true limit realized by the two vehicles cannot destroy it, and this is firmness; it can cut off the afflictions that are hard to cut off, and this is sharpness, and therefore the verses say “wisdom has gone to the other shore.” Taking it as the compassion within wisdom, craving and views cannot shake it, and this is firmness; there is nothing it does not rescue, and this is sharpness, and therefore the text of the verses runs throughout the buddha-lands and benefits beings.

Then he delivers a rebuttal of a kind rarely found in him: therefore one should know that the vajra is not a simile for wisdom alone. Those who work upon prajñā do not catch this import; looking only at the name, they take the vajra as a simile for prajñā alone, and do not look at how within the scriptural text compassion rescues the nine classes of beings while in truth none are delivered — for it is compassion and wisdom leading one another that is the true and uncommon prajñā. He cites the scripture in attestation: the vajra is born only from the place of vajra and the place of gold, and not from the place of any other jewel; and the vajra that is the mind of awakening is likewise, born only from the vajra-place of great compassion that rescues and guards sentient beings and from the gold-place of the excellent realm of the wisdom of omniscience. This is the one time in this chapter that Chengguan directly rebukes an earlier reader; the attribution is clear, and it must not be turned into something the scripture says of itself.

He determines the ten verses into two parts: the first eight praise the Buddha's excellent virtues, and the last two conclude by exhorting to the cultivation of practice. The first eight he divides again into three layers — the first five are stillness that is constantly functioning, the sixth is functioning that is constantly still, and the last two are unobstructed sovereign freedom; and within the first five he divides again into three: the first two say that there is no arising and perishing and yet arising and perishing are manifested; the next two say that it is not form and sound and yet form and sound are manifested; and the last says that there is no coming and going and yet coming and going are displayed.

Now verse by verse. The first is the most ruthless opening in the chapter: the Tathāgata has not appeared in the world, nor is there any nirvāṇa, but it is only by the power of the original vow that this dharma of sovereign freedom is manifested — the two ends of the Buddha's life story (the descent to birth and the passing into extinction) are taken away at the outset together. The second displays depth by way of a comparison: this dharma is hard to conceive of, it is not a place the mind can reach, and only when wisdom has gone to the other shore does one see the realm of the buddhas; Chengguan says that once the mind has a mark of mind, then in moving it cannot go there, and hence it is hard to conceive of, and that only wisdom without a mark of wisdom is called having gone to the other shore. The third takes away form and sound: the body of form is not the Buddha, and it is the same with sound; yet neither is it apart from form and sound that one sees the Buddha's power of spiritual penetration — the three graphs “neither is it apart” are the living mouth of this verse. The fourth says that those of slight wisdom cannot know it, and that only those who have long cultivated pure karma can understand it; Chengguan says that slight wisdom refers to the provisional and the lesser, and long cultivation to those of perfect capacity. The fifth takes away coming and going: the perfect awakening has no place it comes from, and when it goes there is nothing it goes from, and the pure and subtle body of form appears because of spiritual power; Chengguan says that it appears at the very place of awakening and does not come from any quarter, and is of itself absent at the place of delusion and does not go from this place. The sixth turns to functioning: within measureless worlds he manifests the body of the Tathāgata and expounds the subtle dharma at large, and yet his mind clings to nothing. The seventh and eighth are unobstructed sovereign freedom: the one says that wisdom is without bound, understands all dharmas thoroughly, and enters everywhere into the Dharma realm; the other says that sentient beings and all dharmas are understood thoroughly without obstruction and that he manifests everywhere every sort of form and image throughout all the lands; Chengguan says that the former is understanding that phenomena and principle are unobstructed and thereupon giving rise to sovereign functioning, and the latter is understanding that beings and dharmas are unobstructed and thereupon giving rise to sovereign functioning. The last two verses conclude by exhorting: the ninth exhorts to the cultivation of wisdom and the advancing of practice — one who wishes to seek omniscience and swiftly to accomplish the unsurpassed awakening should cultivate the practice of awakening with a pure and subtle mind; the tenth exhorts to the cultivation of merit and the cutting off of doubt — if one sees such awesome spiritual power of the Tathāgata, one should make offerings to the most excellent World-Honored One and give rise to no doubt.

Clear away one error: the first verse is not saying that Śākyamuni was never born. Where it comes down: the way of reading the whole chapter is set in this key — whatever you can point at and say ‘this is the Buddha’ (appearing in the world, nirvāṇa, form, sound, coming, going), these ten segments will take away one item at a time; and after the taking away there is not nothing, but “he manifests this dharma of sovereign freedom.”

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Firm Banner: Taking Apart “Wanting to Cultivate” into Five Things

The second is Firm Banner. Chengguan says this name has three grounds: it betokens the indestructible dedication, the firmness of the mind of awakening, and the gazing upon the Buddha without being sated. He determines that the ten verses mostly set forth the virtue by which ‘the Tathāgata is that upon which sentient beings rely,’ and divides them in two: the first three praise the Buddha's excellent virtues, and the last seven exhort to cultivation and discern its benefit.

The first three verses. The first sets forth that the Buddha's substance is apart from words: the Tathāgata is excellent beyond compare, so profound that he cannot be told, and he has passed beyond the path of words, pure as empty space. The second is the manifesting of marks by the markless: look upon that lion among men and his power of sovereign spiritual penetration — he himself has already left discrimination behind, and yet he can let others see him within their discriminating; this one line is the pivot of the whole segment, joining at a stroke “the Buddha does not discriminate” to ‘sentient beings see a discriminated mark.’ The third says why the marks are manifested at all: the Guide, for the sake of sentient beings, opens up and expounds the profound and subtle dharma, and it is because of this cause and condition that this body beyond compare is manifested — the body is manifested for the sake of expounding the dharma, not for the sake of being fine to look at.

The last seven verses raise the benefit of cultivating practice, and thereby display in reverse the depth of the Buddha's virtue. The fourth points to the virtue and exhorts one to rely on it: this is the great wisdom, the place where the buddhas walk, and one who wishes to understand it should constantly draw near to the Buddha. The fifth, sixth, and seventh display those who are able to enter, so as to make one strive to be their equal: let the karma of the mind be constantly pure and make offerings to the tathāgatas without weariness, and one is able to enter the path of the Buddha; be furnished with inexhaustible merit and abide firmly in the mind of awakening, and thereby the net of doubt is removed and one gazes upon the Buddha without being sated; penetrate all dharmas thoroughly and one is a true son of the Buddha, and such a one is able to understand the power of the sovereign freedom of the buddhas — each of these verses first raises the practice and afterward makes plain its benefit.

The eighth, ninth, and tenth verses are the proper exhortation to advance in cultivation, and here Chengguan inserts the densest passage of doctrine in the segment. He says that for advancing in cultivation there are, in brief, five dharmas: desire, vigor, recollection, skillful insight, and one-pointedness. The eighth verse sets forth “desire” — what the vast wisdom expounds: desire is the root of all dharmas, and therefore one should give rise to an excellent hope and set one's will upon seeking the unsurpassed awakening; and he says further that the last two lines are meant to distinguish away evil desire, and that only so is it called “an excellent hope.” The ninth verse sets forth “recollection” — if one reveres the Buddha and is mindful of repaying the Buddha's kindness, that person will in the end never depart from the dwelling of all the buddhas. The tenth verse sets forth “skillful insight,” and does so from the negative side — where is there a man of wisdom who, having gained the sight and hearing of the Buddha, would not cultivate the pure vow nor tread the path that the Buddha treads? He says that the first two verses set it forth directly and this one displays it in reverse; and as for one-pointedness and vigor, they are subsumed under the two graphs “set one's will upon seeking.” He also cites the nine goods of the Tihu yu jing as cited in the treatise of Maitreya: all dharmas have desire for their root, are born of attention, are gathered and arise from contact, are drawn in and taken up by feeling, have recollection for their master, concentration for their chief, insight for what is most excellent, liberation for their firmness, and going forth for their farthest bound — where the former is present the latter need not be, but where the latter is present the former must be, and therefore desire is spoken of first as their root.

Clear away one error: “desire is the root of all dharmas” is not telling anyone to give free rein to craving. Chengguan has already distinguished it beforehand — what is wanted is the excellent hope, not evil desire. Where it comes down: this passage is the most directly practicable in the chapter. If you ask ‘where am I to begin,’ the answer is to begin with the first item: first have the mind that wants it, and then the rest can be ranged in order.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Valiant Banner: Seeing the Buddha Is a Matter of Causes and Conditions Coming Together

The third is Valiant Banner. Chengguan says that this name takes its sense from seeing the Buddha to the very source and bottom by the wisdom-power of a pure mind, and thereby being equal to all buddhas; hence the name Valiant. He determines that the ten verses divide in two: the first six set forth the mutual traffic of stimulus and response, the seeing of the Buddha and the hearing of the dharma; the last four make one cast away the false and seek the true, wiping away the marks of what is seen and heard. Among the first six, in the first five the upper half is a simile and the lower half the dharma matched to it.

The first two verses speak of seeing the Buddha. The first is the bone of the segment: just as a bright and clear eye, by the light of the sun, sees every sort of form, so too is the pure mind, which by the Buddha's power sees the Tathāgata. Chengguan assigns a place to each of the three items: the pure mind is like the pure eye and is the cause of the seeing; the Buddha's power is like the sun and is the condition of the seeing; the Tathāgata is like the form and is the object of the seeing. He then raises two counter-instances — a man goes into a dark room and sees nothing at all, which is having the cause only and not seeing; and under the bright clear light of the sun a blind man still does not see, which is having the condition only and not seeing. Therefore the seeing of the Buddha is a thing accomplished only when cause and condition come together. The second verse raises the side of stimulus in particular, taking the cause in place of the condition: as by the power of vigor one can exhaust the source and bottom of the sea, so too the power of wisdom gains the sight of measureless buddhas.

The last four of the first six speak of hearing the dharma. The third displays that the cause is able to give birth to the dharma: just as in a good and fertile field what is sown must grow, so such a pure mind-ground can bring forth the dharma of the buddhas. The fourth and fifth display the benefit of gaining the dharma, and what is gained is not the same in the two: of the fourth, “just as a man who obtains a treasury of jewels is forever parted from the suffering of poverty,” Chengguan says that this is gaining provisional wisdom, which can part one from the defilement of the mind that is the object of knowledge; of the fifth, “just as the agada medicine can neutralize every poison,” he says that this is having root wisdom, which can remove the trouble of the afflictions — read together, the two verses are precisely the two wisdoms each removing one hindrance. The sixth displays the condition: the true and real good friend is one whom the Tathāgata praises, and it is because of that one's awesome spiritual power that one gains the hearing of the dharma of the buddhas.

The last four cast away the false and seek the true. The seventh displays the false so that one may cast it away: though for numberless kalpas one gave wealth and jewels to the Buddha, if one does not know the Buddha's true mark, this is still not called giving — because the giving dwells in marks. The eighth and the ninth display the true Buddha: measureless forms of every sort adorn the body of the Buddha, and yet it is not within those forms that one is able to see the Buddha; the Tathāgata, the perfectly awakened one, is still and constantly unmoving, and yet he is able to manifest his body everywhere, filling the worlds of the ten directions — Chengguan says that the former is that the very marks are markless and therefore he cannot be seen by form, and the latter is that the very stillness responds and therefore he may not be seized by “stillness” either. The tenth displays the true dharma: just as the realm of empty space neither arises nor perishes, so too is the dharma of the buddhas, ultimately without arising or perishing.

Clear away one error: the seventh verse is not saying that giving is of no use. What Chengguan points to are the four graphs “because the giving dwells in marks.” Where it comes down: read the first verse and the seventh together, and this segment gives a very practical inspection — when you cannot see and cannot advance in cultivation, ask first whether the cause is insufficient (the mind is not pure) or the condition is insufficient (you have not met a true good friend), rather than asking first whether you are devout enough.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Light Banner: The Buddha-Body Is Not a Transformation, Nor Is It a Non-Transformation

The fourth is Light Banner. Chengguan says that this name has two layers: with the power of great compassion he sets in motion the light of wisdom, illumining away that darkness upon darkness, so that there is nowhere it does not reach; and again, by wisdom he causes all roots of goodness to reach everywhere — and therefore this segment mostly displays the virtue of the Tathāgata's giving rise to the function of converting from the very substance, universally and everywhere. He determines that the ten verses divide in three: the first verse sets forth the breadth of the function of converting, the middle seven set forth its depth, and the last two conclude both.

The first verse speaks of breadth: in all the many worlds, among humans and in the heavens above, everywhere they see the Tathāgata's pure and subtle body of form — first the “places” are spread out full.

The middle seven speak of depth, and Chengguan divides them again into four layers. The first four set forth both that which depends and that which is depended on. The second verse sets forth in general that one and many are unobstructed — just as the power of one mind can bring forth every sort of mind, so one buddha-body manifests everywhere all buddhas; Chengguan says that this is transforming out many mind-kings and mental factors in dependence upon one general mind, and responding and converting in many ways within one real buddha, and therefore unobstructed. The third verse speaks of the unobstructedness of marks and of the two — awakening has no second dharma and no marks either, and yet within the two dharmas he manifests an adorned body that has marks; he says this is manifesting marks while markless, and manifesting two while not-two. The fourth verse displays arising in dependence upon nature — understanding that the nature of dharmas is empty and still and arises as an illusion arises, what he practices is without end, and thus does the Guide manifest; he says that the arising is not other than the nature, and therefore it is like an illusion and without end. The fifth verse speaks of the flowing forth from the dharma-body — the dharma-bodies of all the buddhas of the three times are wholly pure, and according to what should be converted he manifests everywhere the subtle body of form. The sixth verse wipes away the mind that does the converting — the Tathāgata does not give rise to the thought that he will make such a body, but manifests of himself and spontaneously, never having given rise to discrimination; Chengguan takes the maṇi jewel as a simile, saying that it accomplishes things without any private intent. The seventh verse wipes away the substance that is depended upon — the Dharma realm is without difference and has nothing it rests upon, and yet within the world he manifests measureless bodies; he says that the Dharma realm is of itself without difference, and that there is no definitely existent thing that could serve as the support of the converting.

The eighth verse is the densest in the segment, and is also the fourth of the four layers — the sovereign freedom in which the two are fused: the buddha-body is not a transformation, nor is it a non-transformation; within the dharma that is without transformation he manifests a form that has transformation. Chengguan first distinguishes the three graphs “nor a non-transformation”: this is borrowing “non-transformation” in order to dispel “transformation,” not saying that it is the thing called “non-transformation.” Then he opens two gates. Within the gate of opening out the senses, the real has two senses: the sense of not changing — although in transformation it is constantly of itself limpid, which the upper half of the line displays; and the sense of according with conditions — not keeping to its own nature and so there is nothing it does not manifest, and therefore it says “nor is it a non-transformation.” Transformation too has two senses: the sense of having no substance and so being empty — gathered from conditions and so without own-nature, and therefore it says “within the dharma that is without transformation”; and the sense of illusory being arisen from conditions, and therefore it says “he manifests a form that has transformation.” Within the gate of fusing, first the real and the transformed are joined each severally, forming ‘both real and not real, neither real nor not unreal’ and ‘both transformed and untransformed, neither transformed nor untransformed’; then the real and the transformed are made to interpenetrate, and at the last he closes with a single sentence: the manifesting and the transforming are in profusion and yet have never not been still, and the real nature is limpid and yet has never not transformed — the real and the transformed are fused into one unobstructed and pure Dharma realm.

The last two verses conclude both. The ninth returns and concludes upon the substance: the perfect awakening cannot be measured, is equal to the Dharma realm and to empty space, deep and vast without shore or bottom, and the path of words is wholly cut off; Chengguan says that because it is equal to the Dharma realm it is deep without bottom, and because it is equal to empty space it is vast without shore. The tenth raises the cause and explains how this comes about: the Tathāgata is well able to penetrate through and to walk the path in every place, and in the Dharma realm and all its many lands, wherever he goes there is no obstruction — so the reason the Dharma realm is unobstructed is that wisdom and practice reach everywhere.

Clear away one error: the eighth verse is not going round in circles about ‘it is and it isn't.’ Chengguan has already given a very good comparison for it (found in the Yanyi chao): at night one sees a wooden stake and takes it for a man; a wise man tells you ‘this is not a man,’ but that only negates the grasping at “man” in your mind — yet a fool, hearing it, then takes the stake to be a “non-man,” and a non-man is a ghost, so that though the grasping at man is gone the grasping at a ghost has arisen. Where it comes down: in reading this verse, whatever new answer you catch hold of along the way must be let go of once again.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Wisdom Banner: Just as the Pure Full Moon Appears Everywhere in All Waters

The fifth is Wisdom Banner. Chengguan says that this name has two layers: within the realm of the Buddha's stillness and functioning he decides without obstruction, and again with wisdom he leads the ten thousand practices and brings them forth inexhaustibly. He determines that the ten verses divide in two: the first verse announces the theme and exhorts to faith, and the last nine are the excellent virtues believed in; and among the nine, the second verse is the general and the remaining eight are the particular.

The first verse announces the theme: if one can believe and accept that omniscience is unobstructed and cultivate the practice of awakening, his mind cannot be measured — Chengguan says this is faith having the benefit of the cultivation of practice. The second verse is the general: within all lands he manifests everywhere measureless bodies, and yet the body is not in any place, nor does it abide in any dharma; he says that the upper half is functioning that is inexhaustible and the lower half is stillness that abides nowhere, so that clinging neither to the place of the response nor to the substance of dharma is precisely the double stillness of root and branch.

Within the particular, the first two verses set forth inexhaustibility. The third says that of every single tathāgata the bodies manifested by spiritual power cannot be exhausted by reckoning through inconceivable kalpas; the fourth displays it by comparison: the sentient beings of the three times may still have their number known, but the number of what the Tathāgata manifests cannot be got at. Chengguan puts it very precisely — sentient beings can be counted, the Buddha cannot.

The last six set forth unobstructedness, and Chengguan divides them into three layers. The first four are the unobstructedness of one and many, and they walk the four steps of ‘dharma, simile, matching, and explanation’ to the end: the fifth verse is the dharma — at times he manifests one body or two or on to measureless bodies, manifesting everywhere in the lands of the ten directions and yet in truth there are not two; the sixth is the simile, and it is also the most famous simile in the chapter — just as the pure full moon appears everywhere in all the waters, though the images are measureless the moon itself has never been two; the seventh is the matching — such unobstructed wisdom accomplished the right and perfect awakening, manifesting everywhere in all the buddha-lands, and yet the substance of the Buddha too is not two; the eighth is the explanation — it is not one, nor is it two, nor is it measureless, but according to what should be converted he manifests measureless bodies. Read together, the four verses are the most complete demonstration of an argument-form in this chapter. The ninth verse is the unobstructedness of the drawn-out and the compressed: the buddha-body is neither past nor future, and within a single thought it manifests birth, the attaining of the path, and nirvāṇa — the three times are pressed into a single thought. The tenth is the unobstructedness of nature and marks: as the forms made by an illusion have no birth and no arising, so too is the buddha-body, manifesting and yet without birth.

Clear away one error: the simile of the moon stamped upon ten thousand rivers is most easily read as ‘there is only one Buddha and there are many reflections.’ The seventh verse itself blocks that — what it says is “the substance of the Buddha too is not two,” not ‘the real Buddha is up in the sky and the false ones are in the water.’ And the eighth verse negates “one” as well: it is not one, nor is it two. Where it comes down: that portion of the Buddha which you see at this moment is neither a second-rate reflection nor the one true body; the very asking of ‘which one is the real one’ is what the eighth verse would have you put down.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Jewel Banner: The Tathāgata's Attaining of Awakening Is Truly Not Tied to a Day

The sixth is Jewel Banner. Chengguan says that this name takes its sense from illumining the principle of equality with the wisdom that is round and pure, not obstructing the response and manifesting, and according with everything, like the maṇi jewel. He determines that the ten verses divide in two: the first five display in general that he is hard to conceive of, and the last five that he far transcends time and number.

The first five verses. The first and second set it forth directly: the buddha-body has no measure and yet can manifest a body that has measure, and according to what sentient beings ought to see, thus does the Guide manifest — this is transcending measure and yet manifesting measure; the buddha-body has no place and yet fills every place, like empty space without bound and thus hard to conceive of — this is transcending place and yet pervading places. The third through the fifth are “an explanation carried through by stages” — Chengguan strings them together with a series of questions and answers of his own. Why is he hard to conceive of? Because neither the body nor the place is an object within the range of the mind of arising and perishing (the third verse). Why is he not an object of mind? Because the Buddha himself does not give rise to mind. Why does he not give rise to mind? Because his substance is without arising and perishing. Then if it is so, why do we plainly see him now? The fourth verse answers: it is like what is seen by an eye with cataract, which takes its own portion of form; do not take it for something real. Then if that is so, is there no appearing of a tathāgata in the world at all? The fifth verse answers: it is only one's own stimulus and perception — for the sake of benefiting sentient beings the Tathāgata appears in the world, and sentient beings see that there is an appearing, and yet in truth there is no arising in the world. And he cites the Zhufa wuxing jing in attestation: the Tathāgata does not appear in the world and does not deliver sentient beings; it is sentient beings who forcibly discriminate and make up a Buddha delivering sentient beings.

The last five verses transcend time. The sixth concludes what precedes and announces the theme: one may not see the Buddha by lands or by day and night, and the year, the month, and a single kṣaṇa should be known to be all of them likewise. The seventh through the tenth display the transcending of time in particular, and here Chengguan sets up a full argument in the manner of logic. The seventh verse sets up the thesis: the upper half, “sentient beings speak in this way: on such a day the Buddha attained the path,” is a rehearsal of the false notion, and only the lower half is the proper setting up — awakening is the subject, and “is determinately not tied to time” is what is predicated of it. The eighth verse sets up three reasons: the Tathāgata has left discrimination behind, and therefore his wisdom is without discrimination; he does not belong to the world, and therefore the three times do not shift him; he transcends every sort of number, and therefore his substance is not a number belonging to the conditioned. The ninth verse raises the positive example: just as the pure orb of the sun is not joined with the darkness of night, and yet men say a certain day and a certain night. The tenth matches and concludes: all the kalpas of the three times are not joined with the Tathāgata, and yet men speak of the buddhas of the three times. Chengguan also points out in particular that the matching statement of the tenth verse is inverted — were it stated in the straight order, it should read “all the tathāgatas are not joined with the three times.”

Clear away one error: these five verses are not a denial of the commemorations of the Buddha's birth and his attaining of the path. The ninth verse itself gives the measure — the orb of the sun is not itself joined with the darkness of night, and yet men say a certain day and a certain night all the same, and that manner of speaking is not wrong. Where it comes down: an anniversary is ‘spoken according to the reflection,’ not ‘the Buddha really tied to that day’; grasp this distinction and one need neither abolish the commemoration nor take the commemoration for the Buddha himself.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Vigor Banner: The Body Is the Same, and the Import Too Is the Same

The seventh is Vigor Banner. Chengguan says that this name takes its sense from diligently contemplating that the Tathāgata's true body and responsive body are alike the same, and thereby being able to accord equally with all sentient beings. He determines that the ten verses divide in two: the first verse is the general announcement, and the remaining nine are the particular explanation.

The first verse: all the Guides are the same in body, and so too in import; everywhere in the lands of the ten directions they manifest in every sort of way according to what is fitting. Chengguan treats “the same in body” and “the same in import” separately. As to sameness of body, the three bodies and the ten bodies are all the same. As to sameness of import, he says it holds several layers of meaning: with respect to the three bodies, the three senses of substance, support, and gathering are all the same, and what is awakened to, what awakens, and the awakening of others are the same as well; and again, “import” just means “the wherefore” — the reason one gains the name of Buddha is that right awakening, true wisdom, the powers, the fearlessnesses, and the rest are all fully present, and it is so with every buddha, and therefore the import is the same; and again, the function of responding, converting, benefiting, and gladdening is in no case different, and he cites in attestation the She lun: “the dharma-body of all buddhas should be known to be able at all times to perform the five works.” With respect to the ten bodies, they all run through the three world-realms, and looked at one against another there is no difference; and the reason it is so has three grounds: the sea of practice is equally full, the great vows are equally complete, and the dharma-nature is one and the same — and it is not merely that they are alike, but that one is all and they mutually interfuse. He also, in passing, opens “everywhere” into two senses: first with respect to all buddhas, that there is no buddha who does not pervade the ten directions; second with respect to one buddha, that there is no quarter in which he does not manifest.

The last nine verses are the particular explanation, and Chengguan divides them into the first four as the direct explanation and the last five as the turned-back explanation. The four of direct explanation: the second verse explains “everywhere in the ten directions with nothing left out” — look upon that Muni, the World-Honored One, and what he does, which is utterly extraordinary, filling the Dharma realm with nothing left out. The third verse explains “manifests” — the buddha-body is neither within nor without, and it appears because of spiritual power; he says that it is only when there is stimulus that it manifests, and therefore it is said to be not within, and that it is spiritual power that is able to manifest it, and therefore it is said to be not without. The fourth verse explains “in every sort of way according to what is fitting” — according to the karma amassed in former lives by the several kinds of sentient beings, bodies of these several sorts are manifested, each of them different. The fifth verse returns and completes the “sameness of body” of the first verse and displays that it is hard to conceive of — the bodies of the buddhas are thus, measureless and beyond counting, and save only for the World-Honored One of great awakening there is none able to conceive of them; he says that the reason it is “save only for the one of great awakening” is that buddha and buddha realize the same thing.

The five of turned-back explanation, which Chengguan says explain the four verses above in reverse order, from the last backward. The sixth and seventh verses explain the fifth verse's “none able to conceive of them”: the sixth takes “self” as a simile — as that self is hard to conceive of and mind and karma cannot get hold of it, so too is the Buddha's being hard to conceive of; he says that the falsely reckoned “self” has from the first no existence and therefore cannot be conceived of, which is a case of what is present to feeling but absent in principle and is not the object of a noble one's wisdom, used to draw a comparison with the dharma-body, which is present in principle but absent to feeling and is not what those in the lower stations can fathom. The seventh takes a buddha-land as a simile — as a land is inconceivable and yet its pure adornments are seen, so too is the Buddha's being hard to conceive of, and yet no subtle mark of his is unmanifested; he says that this is being cut off from marks and hard to conceive of, and yet not obstructing the having of marks. The eighth verse explains the fourth verse's manifesting differently according to karma — just as all dharmas arise because of a multitude of conditions, so too is the seeing of the Buddha, which must borrow a multitude of good karma. The ninth verse explains the third verse's being neither within nor without — just as the wish-fulfilling jewel can satisfy the minds of sentient beings, so, as the jewel manifests things, though it is neither within nor without it can satisfy the mind of the thing. The tenth verse explains the second verse's filling the Dharma realm — within measureless lands the Guides arise in the world, and because of the power of their vows they respond everywhere in the ten directions; he says that the reason he can fill it is that the original vow is universally all-embracing.

Clear away one error: do not read “the same in body and so too in import” as ‘all the buddhas are really one and the same buddha.’ The lower half of the first verse has already given the other half: he manifests in every sort of way according to what is fitting. Where it comes down: this segment settles a very common doubt — since buddha and buddha share one path, why is the Buddha that each person sees not the same? The fourth verse and the eighth taken together are the answer: what differs is not on the Buddha's side, but in the karma amassed in former lives and in the multitude of conditions.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Stainless Banner: Taking the Buddha as One's Object, Single-Mindedly Recollecting Without Ceasing

The eighth is Stainless Banner. Chengguan says that this name takes its sense from the substance of suchness being pure from the first, able to accomplish the white and pure dharma, and able also to purify the world. He determines that the ten verses mostly praise the Tathāgata's virtue of purity, and divides them in two: the first six are the purifying of others, and the last four are the purifying of oneself.

Among the first six, the first two set it forth in general. The first is the purity of wisdom: the Tathāgata's light of great wisdom purifies everywhere the many worlds, and when the worlds have been purified he opens up and reveals to them the dharma of the buddhas; Chengguan says that when false afflictions have been stilled true wisdom is not absent, and that what is opened and revealed is no-self and the knowledge and vision of nature and marks, and that this is why it is called dharma. The second is the purity of body: suppose there were one who wished to see buddhas as many as the number of sentient beings, there is none that would not accord with his mind, and yet in truth there is no place from which they come; he says that this wipes away the responsive body so as to display the true body.

The last four of the six are the particular explanation, and their sequence is inverted — the first two explain the second verse and the last two explain the first verse. The third verse sets forth directly that one who wishes to see the buddhas should be single-minded upon the Buddha as object: taking the Buddha as one's object and single-mindedly recollecting without ceasing, this person gains the sight of the Buddha, and the number he sees is equal to his mind; Chengguan says that they manifest according as one recollects, and this is why it is called “equal to the mind,” and says further that to know that mind and object are just the Buddha's true nature is the point — deluded, one does not know it; recollecting, it appears at once. The fourth verse explains in turn how “single-minded recollection” is possible at all: accomplishing the white and pure dharma and being furnished with every sort of merit, toward omniscience he single-mindedly recollects and does not let go with his mind — because he is undefiled and furnished with virtue, therefore he can recollect single-mindedly. The fifth verse explains “purifies everywhere the worlds”: the Guide, for the sake of sentient beings, expounds the dharma according to what is fitting, and wherever there are those who may be converted he manifests everywhere his most excellent body — expounding the dharma and manifesting a body both purify others. The sixth verse explains “opens up and reveals the dharma of the buddhas”: the buddha-body and the world are all of them without self, and awakening to this he accomplishes the perfect awakening and again expounds it for sentient beings — Chengguan says that this displays the two no-selves to which he has awakened.

The last four are the purifying of oneself. The seventh is the differentiated function of one already purified: all the lions among men have measureless power of sovereign freedom, and they manifest bodies as many as the recollections of beings, each of those bodies different. The last three are the three virtues of inward purity. The eighth is seeing the nature and becoming a buddha, opening the dharma-body for oneself: the world is a body such as this, and the bodies of the buddhas too are thus, and to understand their own-nature is what is called the Buddha. The ninth is becoming a buddha with nothing gained, opening prajñā for oneself: the Tathāgata knows and sees everywhere and understands clearly all dharmas, and yet the Buddha's dharma and awakening alike cannot be got at; Chengguan says that the Buddha's dharma is what is awakened to and awakening is what awakens, and that what awakens and what is awakened to must depend upon one another, and therefore neither of the two can be got at, and it is the one who gains nothing who gains awakening. The tenth is becoming a buddha by leaving the false behind, opening liberation for oneself: the Guide has no coming and going nor any dwelling, and being far removed from every sort of inversion is called right and perfect awakening; he says that when the false and inverted have been stilled, this is named true liberation.

Clear away one error: the third verse's “the number he sees is equal to his mind” is not saying that you get as many buddhas as you want to see, your wishes granted. The second verse has already written it down beforehand — “and yet in truth there is no place from which they come.” Where it comes down: this segment gives a sequence that is rarely met with — first single-minded recollection, and afterward the knowing that nothing is got. It is not that one first thinks through “it cannot be got at” and then goes and recollects the Buddha; it is that only by recollecting to the point where ‘what is seen is equal to the mind’ does one come to know that what awakens and what is awakened to have from the first depended upon one another.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Constellation Banner: Who Is Able to Conceive of the Buddha?

The ninth is Constellation Banner. Chengguan says that this name takes its sense from understanding the Buddha's body that responds everywhere throughout the Dharma realm while not departing from the dharma-nature, just as those constellations are spread brilliantly across the sky and cannot be bound. He determines that the ten verses divide in three: the first three display in general the response that is one with the substance, the middle six explain in particular the sovereign freedom of the substance and its response, and the last one wipes away the traces of that sovereign freedom.

The first three verses. The first displays the pervasiveness of the body with respect to place: the Tathāgata dwells nowhere and yet dwells everywhere in all the lands, going to all lands and being seen in all places. Chengguan here divides four layers: with respect to the dharma-nature body he dwells nowhere; with respect to the self-enjoyment body there is nowhere he does not dwell, which is called dwelling everywhere; with respect to the enjoyment body for others and the transformation body, where there is stimulus he goes, and therefore it says he goes to all lands; and with respect to the ten bodies there is no place that is not the Buddha, and therefore it says he is seen in all places. The second displays the manyness of the body with respect to the faculties of beings: the Buddha, according to the minds of sentient beings, manifests everywhere every sort of body — the attaining of the path, the turning of the wheel of the Dharma, and the entering into parinirvāṇa; the matters of the eight aspects all come to be through the stimulus of sentient beings. The third concludes by sighing that he is hard to conceive of, and is the bone of the whole segment: the buddhas are inconceivable — who is able to conceive of the Buddha? who is able to see the perfect awakening? who is able to manifest the most excellent one? Chengguan says that the first line is the general announcement and the three lines below display the aspects — two of the lines are with respect to the one stimulated not being able to conceive, conceiving being spoken of with respect to the mind while seeing runs through both mind and eye, and the last line is with respect to the responsive manifesting being hard to conceive of, and therefore it says “who is able to manifest.” These three questions are the topics of the six verses that follow.

Of the middle six, Chengguan says that the first three explain in the direct order and the last three in the reverse. The three of direct explanation answer one question each. The fourth verse answers “who is able to manifest”: all dharmas are suchness and the realm of the buddhas is likewise, and there is not so much as one dharma that within suchness has arising or perishing — the manifesting is the same as suchness, because there is no arising or perishing. The fifth verse answers “who is able to conceive”: sentient beings falsely discriminate and say this is the Buddha, this is the world, while one who understands thoroughly the nature of dharmas has no Buddha and no world — to give rise to a mind and conceive is just falsely to discriminate that there is a dependent realm and a proper realm, whereas within the nature of dharmas both what grasps and what is grasped are stilled. The sixth verse answers “who is able to see”: the Tathāgata appears everywhere before sentient beings and causes them to give rise to faith and joy, and yet the substance of the Buddha cannot be got at and they too have seen nothing — the responding is according with conditions and the substance is of itself absent, so what after all has the stimulated faculty seen?

The three of reverse explanation, which Chengguan says display in reverse, out of ‘no conceiving and no seeing,’ that those who above had conceiving and seeing did not understand the Buddha's realm. The seventh is the conceiving that is no conceiving: if one is able, toward the world, to leave every attachment behind and with an unobstructed mind to rejoice, then one is able to gain awakening in regard to the dharma — one must be unattached and unobstructed for this. The eighth is the manifesting that is no manifesting: what is manifested by spiritual power is what is called the Buddha, and yet seek it throughout all the times of the three times and it is nowhere to be had — what spiritual power manifests is in its substance of itself empty. The ninth is the seeing that is no seeing: if one is able in this way to understand mind and mentation and all dharmas, then one knows and sees all of them and swiftly gains the accomplishing of the Tathāgata — treading upon the foregoing “nowhere to be had” and thereupon seeing, such a seeing in accord with the real not only sees the Buddha but also swiftly accomplishes.

The tenth verse wipes away the traces: within words are displayed all the sovereign freedoms of the Buddha, and the perfect awakening passes beyond words and is expounded only by borrowing words. Chengguan says that all this talk of sovereign freedom above is still a borrowing of verbal expression; and since perfect awakening passes beyond words, the very traces of the words must be wiped away — and the sentence “it passes beyond words” is itself likewise a borrowing, so that one should forget words and tally with it.

Clear away one error: the three questions of the third verse are not rhetorical exclamations. They are topics, and the six verses that follow answer them one topic at a time, and when the answering is done the answers themselves are wiped away. Where it comes down: this is the most thoroughgoing close of any segment in the chapter — if, having read it, you feel that ‘I have understood that the Buddha is inconceivable,’ the tenth verse was written for just that sentence.

The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Dharma Banner: Rather Undergo All the World's Suffering Than Fail to See Him

The tenth is Dharma Banner. Chengguan says that this name takes its sense from knowing the true and real dharma and entering everywhere into the Dharma realm, so that the practices cultivated are all beyond measure; and he says further that to know the dharma is just what is named Buddha, and therefore this segment first praises the benefit of seeing the Buddha. He determines that the ten verses display in pairs how hard both the Buddha and the dharma are to hear of, and divides them in two: the first four praise the Buddha and exhort people to hear and see him, and the last six praise the dharma and exhort people to hear and seek it.

The first four verses. The first is the direct injunction: rather would one constantly and fully undergo all the sufferings of every world than in the end be far from the Tathāgata and fail to behold his power of sovereign freedom — this is the line of heaviest feeling in the chapter, and the only line that is stated with “rather would one.” The last three explain the reason for it, and Chengguan says that they raise three matters in brief. The second is the benefit of hearing the name: if there be sentient beings who have not yet given rise to the mind of awakening, once they gain the hearing of the Buddha's name they are determined to accomplish awakening. The third is the benefit of raising the mind: if there be a man of wisdom who within a single thought gives rise to the mind that seeks the path, he will surely accomplish the unsurpassed World-Honored One; only let him give rise to no doubt. The fourth is the benefit of giving rise to faith: the Tathāgata's power of sovereign freedom is hard to meet with even through measureless kalpas, and if one can give rise to a single thought of faith one swiftly ascends the unsurpassed path. Chengguan takes the four verses together and says: since one who undergoes suffering can still gain the hearing and accomplish such excellent benefit, then one who enjoys pleasure and yet fails to see him cannot escape long sinking and drifting — and therefore one should be content to undergo suffering and draw near to the Buddha.

The last six verses praise the dharma. Chengguan says that having already met with a good physician one still needs the medicine of the dharma; and the six verses divide into three pairs, of which the first two pairs each have one negative and one positive. The first pair is that by hearing the real dharma one is able to accomplish the dharma of practice: the fifth verse is the negative — though thought after thought one made offerings to measureless buddhas, if one does not know the true and real dharma this is not called making offerings; the sixth is the positive — if one hears a dharma such as this (that the buddhas are born from just this), then though one pass through measureless suffering one will not cast away the practice of awakening. The second pair is that by hearing the wisdom of principle one accomplishes the dharma of the fruit: the seventh verse is the positive — once one hears this great wisdom, the dharma into which the buddhas enter, one is able everywhere within the Dharma realm to become a Guide of the three times; the eighth is the negative — though one journeyed to the very limit of the future through all the buddha-lands, if one does not seek this subtle dharma one will in the end not accomplish awakening. The third pair explains it by way of stimulus and response: the ninth verse says whence it is that the buddhas arise in the world — sentient beings from a beginningless beginning have long drifted and turned within birth and death and cannot understand the true and real dharma, and it is for this that the buddhas arise in the world; the tenth says what dharma it is that is expounded — the dharmas cannot be destroyed nor is there any that can destroy them, and the great light of sovereign freedom is displayed everywhere throughout the world. Chengguan explains the last verse thus: without stirring the true limit he establishes all dharmas, and therefore the nature cannot be destroyed; without destroying provisional names he expounds the real mark, and therefore the marks cannot be destroyed — and thus the demons of Māra and the outer paths and all the rest are alike the seal of the dharma, and therefore there is none that can destroy them.

Clear away one error: the fifth verse is not saying that making offerings to the Buddha is without merit. The comparison holds precisely because the side of ‘thought after thought making offerings to measureless buddhas’ is itself of the utmost weight. Where it comes down: read the first verse and the fifth together, and this segment answers the last practical question of the chapter — what then am I actually to do? The answer is: draw near to him, and seek that dharma; and as for doing only the former and not the latter, the eighth verse has already stated the outcome.

Why This Chapter Ends with No Concluding Extension to the Ten Directions

In the verses of praise of the preceding assemblies, after the verses have been spoken there is usually one further line of concluding extension to the ten directions — saying that in the worlds of the ten directions it is likewise so. This chapter has none. Chengguan for this reason sets up an explanation of his own: the reason there is no concluding extension after the verses is to display that the virtues praised in all the Tuṣita heavens of the Dharma realm are each of them different, just as with those Mañjuśrīs everywhere and their verses each distinct, which precisely displays that the Buddha's virtue is inexhaustible. That is to say, the absence of the concluding extension is not an omission; it is a deliberate letting of things stand unmatched.

Fazang explains it differently on the sixty-fascicle text. He says that after these verses there ought properly to have been words of concluding extension to the worlds of the ten directions, but that since each of the bodhisattvas before had said “contemplated everywhere the ten directions,” it has thereby already been displayed, and so it is not discussed further. The two explanations are recorded together without adjudication: the one says it is unextended in order to display each as distinct; the other says it is already extended and therefore need not be said again.

The Yanyi chao supplies a further layer of reason from the side of the station: this passage that follows is absent in the two preceding assemblies, and afterward likewise it is absent as in the two preceding assemblies — because this is the last of the three worthy stages.

At the very end of the chapter Chengguan also leaves a sentence that holds the whole together: the verses of these ten bodhisattvas should be read by the perfect interfusion of the six characteristics. The Yanyi chao matches the six characteristics one by one: the whole is the general displaying of the Buddha's virtue; the parts are the ten kinds of virtue each distinct; sameness is their setting forth the Buddha's virtue in common; difference is the ten virtues being unlike when looked at one against another; formation is their jointly forming the Buddha's virtue; and disintegration is their each abiding in its own nature. Fazang too, on the sixty-fascicle text, gathers “the hundred verses of the ten bodhisattvas above praising the Buddha” by the six characteristics, and himself lists six clauses: or generally, taking them as fused into one Dharma-realm buddha; or particularly, by the differentiation of the virtues of ten buddhas and a hundred gates; or as the same, since not one of the hundred verses fails to display the Buddha's virtue; or as different, since gate differs from gate; or as formation, since by these virtues the fruit of buddhahood is established through conditions; or as disintegration, since each abides in its own dharma and originally does not act. Both masters gather these hundred verses by the six characteristics, but the items they match are in the one case elaborate and in the other spare, and both are recorded without adjudication.

Clear away one error: do not suppose, because ‘there is no concluding extension,’ that a passage of the scripture has gone missing. Where it comes down: when in reading the Avataṃsaka one comes to a place that is unmatched, first hold it just as it stands — the unmatchedness of this chapter was read by the ancient worthies as an import in its own right.

Lineage

The import of this chapter was carried on by the ancient worthies along four tracks, all recorded without adjudication.

The line of Chengguan: he explains the chapter by four gates — the reason for its coming is attached to the extolling and praising that assists the converting and to displaying what the substance of the station rests upon; the explanation of the name is established from the bodhisattvas of the ten directions praising the Buddha's real virtues in this palace; and the tenet and aim take the gathering of the assembly, the emitting of light, and the verses of praise as the tenet, with the expounding of the dedications as the aim. In explaining the text he determines three portions — the gathering of the assembly, the emitting of light, and the verses of praise; within the portion of the gathering of the assembly he makes a long division into ten segments (the general raising of the chief ones, the number of the retinue, the nearness or distance of the place they come from, the names of the chief bodhisattvas, the lands they come from, the buddhas they originally served, the paying of reverence, the fine abiding in deportment, the emitting of light that benefits beings, and the brief praise of their excellent virtues), and in the last segment the brief praise of their excellent virtues opens ten gates; the portion of the emitting of light is divided in four, upon the wheels of the knees three senses are set up, and within it the twenty clauses praising the virtues of the assembly are bound into ten pairs; and the portion of the verses of praise is determined as ten bodhisattvas making ten segments, matched in order to the ten directions, with an explanation of the name and a classification of the verses set up for each segment. The three densest places of doctrine in the whole chapter are these: the fusing of the real and the conventional under “number is of two kinds” at the end of the portion of the emitting of light; the rebuttal of “the vajra is not a simile for wisdom alone” in the segment of Vajra Banner; and the two gates, of opening out the senses and of fusing, on arising in dependence upon the real in the segment of Light Banner. His establishing of the five dharmas of advancing in cultivation and citing of the nine goods in the segment of Firm Banner, his setting up of thesis, reason, and example in the segment of Jewel Banner with the determination that “awakening is the subject and being determinately not tied to time is what is predicated,” and his running of the three questions of who conceives, who sees, who manifests through the direct and reverse order of the six verses in the segment of Constellation Banner, are each the guiding thread of their segment. At the end of the whole chapter he gathers the ten segments by the perfect interfusion of the six characteristics and explains the import of there being no concluding extension after the verses.

Chengguan's Yanyi chao: he explains his own words in the commentary — on the five senses of the banner he points out the seven senses they derive from and explains why two were left out; for the ten pairs of the commentary he points out clause by clause where they stand in the scriptural text; for the three reasons in the segment of Jewel Banner he frames each as a formal argument, and recasts them as five-graph and seven-graph verses for ease of recitation; for the six characteristics he sets out the items one by one; and at the end he points out that the passage that follows is absent in both the preceding and the following assemblies, this being the last of the three worthy stages.

The line of Fazang: on the sixty-fascicle text, in “The Bodhisattvas Gather Like Clouds in the Palace of the Tuṣita Heaven and Praise the Buddha,” he establishes the explanation of the name upon four things — place, person, bodily karma, and verbal karma; and in explaining the text he determines four portions — the gathering of the assembly, the emitting of light, the praising of the assembly, and the praising of the Buddha — which is a different opening and joining from Chengguan's three portions. He takes the name of the lands, Firm, as betokening that the practice relied upon is accomplished and hard to destroy, and takes the buddhas and bodhisattvas sharing the name Banner as betokening that the cause and fruit of skillfulness in dedication stand out alone and subdue; at the place of the emitting of light he says that the two knees pass beyond the toes of the preceding assembly, betokening that the practice grows gradually more excellent; of the ten Dharma-gates he says explicitly that they should be gathered and interfused by the six characteristics; and his explanations of the names and classifications of the verses for each segment form a line of his own (the fourth he gives as Night-Radiance Banner and the ninth as True Banner). His setting of a question, at the line “it is not a place the mind can reach” in the segment of Jewel Banner, as to whether at the stage of buddhahood there are mind and mental factors, answered by distinguishing four gates — the initial teaching, the final teaching, the sudden teaching, and the perfect teaching — is a passage found in no other master on this chapter. At the end he gathers the hundred verses by six clauses of the six characteristics and explains the absence of a concluding extension after the verses as being because the several bodhisattvas each said “contemplated everywhere the ten directions” and so it has already been displayed.

The line of Zhiyan: his commentary is the most spare of all, and yet his classification of the verses of the ten segments is complete. He establishes the explanation of the name upon four senses — place, person, bodily bearing, and verbal karma — and determines the text into three prefaces; on the emitting of light from the two knees he says that it is the mark, within the practice of the dharma-body, of entering the realm of the Buddha and increasing in excellence and subtlety, and that the knee betokens the aspect of the skillful means of advancing; and he explains Vajra Banner as the own-substance being true and real, able to consume and destroy the encumbrance of marks, and as the path that transcends the world marking off victory from defeat. Two things in him are most worth noting. The first is that in the segment of Jewel Banner he sets himself the question “why does the classification of this scriptural text mostly follow the three vehicles?” and answers himself, “because those for whom it is meant are mostly of the three vehicles.” The second is that at the very end of the chapter he leaves himself a way out — it may also be said that the praises of the virtues of these ten bodhisattvas need no separate classification at all, since every single clause of import is itself one gate of skillful means; and this is taking the text with respect to the import of the One Vehicle.

The line of Li Tongxuan: he explains the chapter by three gates, and makes a long outline of the chapter into eleven segments (the gathering of the assembly, fifty-two lines of scripture, and the remaining ten segments each being one bodhisattva's ten lines of verse); and in explaining the meaning as he follows the text he further opens the portion of the gathering of the assembly into ten segments and sets up ten gates. What sets his track apart from all three of the others is his matching: he matches the ten perfections one by one to the ten bodhisattvas, takes the names of the ten worlds as betokening the practices cultivated in the ten dedications, and takes the names of the ten buddhas as betokening the fruit of the present station, explaining them largely by the positions of the eight trigrams; he also sets the “Grove” of the station of the ten practices against the “Banner” of the station of the ten dedications, saying that the former betokens the broad shelter and abundance of practice while the latter betokens that the practice of great compassion dwells in the great sea of birth and death while its own wisdom is never overturned. On the two verses of Constellation Banner and Dharma Banner, taken together, he says that the one breaks the attachment to being and the other the attachment to non-being, and that the two verses complete one another lest people fall into extreme views. And in two places the graphs by which he presents the scripture differ from the base text: he presents Stainless Banner as Undefiled Banner, and “sentient beings falsely discriminate” as “sentient beings have discrimination”; both are recorded without adjudication.

The number of the outline segments established by the four masters is not the same (Chengguan three portions and ten segments, Fazang four portions, Zhiyan three prefaces, Li Tongxuan eleven segments); the matchings they make are not the same (Chengguan matching the ten worlds to the Dharma-gates of the ten dedications, Li Tongxuan matching the ten perfections to the ten bodhisattvas); and the explanations of the names segment by segment are likewise not the same (the fourth Chengguan gives as Light Banner while Fazang gives Night-Radiance Banner; the ninth Chengguan gives as Constellation Banner while Fazang gives True Banner, this being caused by the difference of text between the two versions). There are divergences among the ancients, and they are recorded, with no adjudication of which stands higher.

As for the carrying on of this chapter in other books, its scantiness is recorded as it stands: Zhiyan's Kongmu zhang, in listing the chapters himself, gives “The Bodhisattvas of the Tuṣita Palace Come and Speak Verses, chapter 28,” the chapter number differing from the present text, which comes of his own differing reckoning of the chapters; the Zhigui mentions Tuṣita in five places, all of them general references to the Tuṣita Heaven or to the matter of the Tuṣita gods and the ten grounds, and not explanations of the text of this chapter; and in the Shixuan men the whole book returns no result. Nor has this chapter any treatise that presents and explains it, as “The Ten Grounds” has. Compared with “Verses of Praise in the Palace of the Yāma Heaven,” which produced the line “the mind is like a skilled painter” and was thereafter widely cited, this chapter's hundred verses show no single line that has been cited to a like degree — and this accords with the character of this chapter: from beginning to end it is engaged in taking away, not in setting up any term that might be lifted out.

Last, the joining of this chapter to what precedes and follows. Above it receives “Ascent to the Palace of the Tuṣita Heaven” — the preceding chapter is the Buddha going to the Tuṣita Heaven without leaving the foot of the tree of awakening, the summit of Sumeru, and the palace of the Yāma Heaven, and this chapter is the bodhisattvas of the ten directions coming and assembling and praising in verse; below it joins to “The Ten Dedications” — and Chengguan's one sentence on the tenet and aim has already buckled the two chapters into one matter: this chapter takes the verses of praise as its tenet and the expounding of the dedications as its aim. Li Tongxuan says it still more directly: this chapter is in order to accomplish the Dharma-gate of cause and fruit within the ten dedications, and therefore it must come. The names of the ten bodhisattvas, the ten worlds they come from, and the ten buddhas they serve, taken together, are the table of contents of the next chapter.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0